{"title":"Camping Gear","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWild Camping and Backpacking Gear from Exped, DD Hammocks, and Robens\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWylies Outdoor World in Fife, Scotland stocks sleeping mats, tarps, hammocks, tents, and sleeping bags from Exped, DD Hammocks, Robens, Wechsel, Highlander, and Feuerhand, selected for UK wild camping, backpacking, and hammock camping conditions. Use the sections below to navigate by category, or go directly to the \u003ca title=\"Tent camping gear at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/tent-camping\"\u003etent camping page\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca title=\"Hammock camping gear at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping page\u003c\/a\u003e for a focused selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExped Sleeping Mats for Backpacking and Car Camping in the UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Sleeping mats at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-mats\"\u003eBrowse all sleeping mats at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e - the highest-revenue category in this collection and the range where \u003ca title=\"Exped camping gear at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/exped\"\u003eExped\u003c\/a\u003e is the clear leader. The \u003ca title=\"Exped MegaMat Max LXW sleeping mat at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15327379063170\"\u003eExped MegaMat Max LXW\u003c\/a\u003e is the mat Drew recommends without hesitation to every car camper and base camp user who asks - nothing in this price range comes close for comfort and durability. For two-person use, the \u003ca title=\"Exped MegaMat Duo LW sleeping mat at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15327378768258\"\u003eMegaMat Duo LW\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"Exped MegaMat Duo M sleeping mat at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15327378833794\"\u003eMegaMat Duo M\u003c\/a\u003e cover different size requirements at the same standard. For backpackers and wild campers where weight is the constraint, the \u003ca title=\"Exped Ultra 6.5R LW sleeping mat at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15327380373890\"\u003eExped Ultra 6.5R LW\u003c\/a\u003e delivers a high R-value at a weight that does not compromise the rest of the pack - the most popular ultralight mat at Wylies for three-season Scottish conditions. Hammock campers need a different solution - a standard sleeping mat does not work in a hammock. Browse \u003ca title=\"Hammock insulation at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock insulation at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e for under quilts and insulated pads built for hammock use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarps for Wild Camping and Bushcraft across the UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarps at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps\"\u003eBrowse all DD Tarps at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e - the second strongest-selling category in this collection. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249509142628\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e is the most purchased tarp at Wylies - versatile enough for solo use, light enough for a backpack, and proven across Scottish conditions from Galloway to the Cairngorms. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4 at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249516417124\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e is the step up for two-person use or anyone who needs more coverage in exposed terrain. Tarp suspension is as important as the tarp itself - browse \u003ca title=\"Tarp suspension and accessories at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension and accessories at Wylies\u003c\/a\u003e to complete the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Hammocks and Camping Hammocks for Wild Camping and Backpacking\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Camping hammocks at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003eBrowse all camping hammocks at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e - from ultralight backpacking hammocks through to jungle hammocks with integrated bug nets. \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e dominates this collection. The \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/2249537880164\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e is the top seller at Wylies - a double-layer hammock with an integrated mosquito net that handles three-season use in Scotland without modification and is the hammock Drew has used and recommended for over a decade. Hammock camping requires more than a hammock alone - browse \u003ca title=\"Camping tarps at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003ecamping tarps\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Hammock suspension at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"Hammock insulation at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock insulation\u003c\/a\u003e to complete your setup. Camping in midge-prone conditions in Scotland from late spring through early autumn? The \u003ca title=\"DD mosquito nets at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-mosquito-nets\"\u003eDD Hammock Mosquito Net\u003c\/a\u003e is worth adding to any open hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTents for Wild Camping and Backpacking from Highlander, Robens, Wechsel and DD\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Tent camping gear at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tent-camping\"\u003eBrowse all tents at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e - \u003ca title=\"1 man tents at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/1-man-tents\"\u003e1 man tents\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"2 man tents at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/2-man-tents\"\u003e2 man tents\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"3 man tents at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/3-man-tents\"\u003e3 man tents\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"4 man tents at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/4-man-tents\"\u003e4 man tents\u003c\/a\u003e for backpacking, wild camping, and campsite use across the UK. The \u003ca title=\"Highlander Respite 2 Man Tunnel Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14964176093570\"\u003eHighlander Respite 2 Man Tunnel Tent\u003c\/a\u003e is the most consistent tent seller at Wylies - a well-priced three-season tunnel tent that handles Scottish weather reliably. For solo wild campers, the \u003ca title=\"Highlander Respite 1 Man Tunnel Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14964027457922\"\u003eHighlander Respite 1 Man\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca title=\"DD SuperLight Bikepacker Mesh Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14921331966338\"\u003eDD SuperLight Bikepacker Mesh Tent\u003c\/a\u003e are the two strongest starting points. \u003ca title=\"Robens tents and camping gear at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/robens\"\u003eRobens\u003c\/a\u003e covers the lightweight end with the \u003ca title=\"Robens Seeker 2 Person LW Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15357750247810\"\u003eRobens Seeker 2 Person LW Tent\u003c\/a\u003e - a genuinely ultralight two-person option for backpackers who need a tent rather than a tarp. For campers who want a premium four-season tent built for exposed UK and European conditions, the Wechsel Tempest range covers \u003ca title=\"Wechsel Tempest 2 Man Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14934068920706\"\u003e2 man\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Wechsel Tempest 3 Man Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14937065554306\"\u003e3 man\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"Wechsel Tempest 4 Man Tent at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/14937140822402\"\u003e4 man\u003c\/a\u003e options at price points that reflect the build quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSleeping Bags for UK Three-Season and Winter Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Sleeping bags at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-bags\"\u003eBrowse all sleeping bags at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e - down and synthetic bags across a full range of temperature ratings for three-season and winter camping. \u003ca title=\"Robens sleeping bags at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/robens\"\u003eRobens\u003c\/a\u003e leads this collection. The \u003ca title=\"Robens Serac 300 sleeping bag at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15326887608706\"\u003eRobens Serac 300\u003c\/a\u003e is the most consistent seller for three-season UK use, the \u003ca title=\"Robens Serac 900 sleeping bag at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15326887543170\"\u003eRobens Serac 900\u003c\/a\u003e covers serious winter and expedition conditions to minus 20, and the \u003ca title=\"Robens Scoria Quilt hammock quilt at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/15326888165762\"\u003eRobens Scoria Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e is the top choice for hammock campers who need a sleeping bag that works with a hammock rather than against it. \u003ca title=\"Exped sleeping bags at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/exped\"\u003eExped\u003c\/a\u003e covers the down sleeping bag end for backpackers who need low weight and high warmth. \u003ca title=\"Sleeping bag liners at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-bag-liners\"\u003eSleeping bag liners\u003c\/a\u003e add between 5 and 8 degrees of warmth to an existing bag - a lightweight way to extend a three-season bag into colder conditions without replacing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFeuerhand Storm Lanterns for Camp Lighting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Feuerhand storm lanterns at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/feuerhand\"\u003eFeuerhand storm lanterns at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e are the strongest camp lighting option in this collection - German-made paraffin lanterns built to the same design since 1914, wind-resistant, battery-free, and the lantern of choice for campers and bushcrafters who want reliable light that does not depend on a charge. The \u003ca title=\"Feuerhand Baby Special 276 storm lantern at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/9230774894894\"\u003eFeuerhand Baby Special 276\u003c\/a\u003e is the core model, available in a wide range of colours with a full accessories range. For battery and rechargeable lighting options, browse the \u003ca title=\"Camping torches and flashlights at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-torches-flashlights\"\u003ecamping torches and flashlights collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAsk Drew About Camping Gear at Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Wylies Outdoor World outdoor gear, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has been selling and personally using outdoor gear for over two decades - sleeping on Exped mats in conditions from mild Scottish summers through to hard winter camps, running DD Tarps in the Cairngorms, and building hammock setups that have been tested in the kind of Scottish weather that exposes every weakness in a system. If you are not sure which sleeping mat suits your camping style, which tent handles Scottish weather, or how to put together a complete hammock camping setup, \u003ca title=\"Contact Drew at Wylies Outdoor World, Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003econtact Drew at Wylies before you order.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"princeton-tec-sector-5-hand-torch-black","title":"Princeton Tec Sector 5 Hand Torch - Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Sector 5 packs a powerful 550 Lumen beam with the convenience of a pistol grip for momentary or constant illumination. Four C-cell batteries minimise bulk while providing ten hours of burn time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger switch design is easy to use with gloved hands; access to momentary on via half-pull and constant via full pull. The switch also locks out to prevent accidental illumination and battery drain while in transit or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e550 lumens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Maxbright LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4x C-cell batteries (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurn time: 24hrs (3hrs regulated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam length: 200m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam pattern: Medium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e22.93oz (650g) with batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Princeton Tec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20226750480484,"sku":"TEC90\/BK","price":116.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/princeton-tec-princeton-tec-sector-5-hand-torch---black-torches-flashlights-wylies-outdoor-world-25379412.jpg?v=1599778193"},{"product_id":"princeton-tec-amp-1l-outdoor-lamp","title":"Princeton Tec AMP 1L Outdoor Lamp","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe tiny Amp 1L packs an impressive 90 lumens LED spot beam. Waterproof to 100M and equipped with a large carabiner loop, this handheld light is always at the ready. Come with a snap-on cone to turn it into a marker light. The cone also makes Amp 1L a useful hanging lantern or area light. When you are done exploring, the Amp 1L will still be your favourite piece of gear with its built-in bottle opener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrinceton Tec developed the kayak mount to increase the utility of the already versatile Amp 1 handheld flashlight. Snap an Amp 1 into your kayak mount and it becomes a marker light, a spotlight, or an adjustable area light that frees up your hands to tie knots and perform other tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 550px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003eNeon Yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003e90 Lumens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLamp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003e1 Maxbright LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBurn Time\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003e72 hours \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBatteries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003e2 AAA Alkaline (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003e57g with batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 114.821px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater-Resistant  \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 419.179px;\"\u003eIPX8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Princeton Tec","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54872784699778,"sku":"TEC91\/NYKM-1","price":29.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Neon Yellow","offer_id":54872784732546,"sku":"TEC91\/NYKM-2","price":29.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/TEC91NY_540x_cdd1bc62-09bb-4097-96d9-bf15b3d60ec6.webp?v=1734104633"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-9-led-tactical-torch","title":"Kombat UK 9 LED Tactical Torch","description":"\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e9 x white LED bulbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eBatteries included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20227030319204,"sku":"KU-052","price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-9-led-tactical-torch-torches-flashlights-wylies-outdoor-world-25371780.jpg?v=1599766480"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-basha","title":"Kombat UK - Basha","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat UK Basha is great for setting up shelters quickly. It is completely versatile with 12 reinforced loops around the edge and brass eyelets at the corners and middle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 x reinforced loops around the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass eyelets and 3 x reinforced pitch loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully waterproof single coated nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 250 x 170cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"BTP","offer_id":20227508240484,"sku":"KU-127","price":29.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPM","offer_id":29448583676015,"sku":"KU-128","price":29.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk---basha-tarps-bashas-wylies-outdoor-world-25377231.jpg?v=1599774487"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-basha-bivi-pole","title":"Kombat UK Basha\/Bivi Pole","description":"\u003cp\u003eSet up your basha, bivi or any shelter with ease with these Kombat UK telescopic extendable tent basha poles. The poles have an easy to use twist compression lock and a collar to avoid sinking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen fully extended the Basha pole is100cm in length and unextended they are 53cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey weigh approx 225g each which makes them lightweight whilst remaining durable and sturdy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold in singles\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications: \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 53cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength (extended): 100cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20227523149924,"sku":"KU-129","price":7.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/630-1-D.jpg?v=1616336673"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-cadet-bivi-bag","title":"Kombat UK Cadet Bivi Bag","description":"\u003cdiv id=\"descriptionAndDetails\" class=\"a-section a-spacing-extra-large\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"productDescription_feature_div\" class=\"feature\" data-feature-name=\"productDescription\" data-cel-widget=\"productDescription_feature_div\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"productDescription_feature_div\" data-feature-name=\"productDescription\" data-template-name=\"productDescription\" class=\"a-row feature\" data-cel-widget=\"productDescription_feature_div\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"productDescription\" class=\"a-section a-spacing-small\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cadet bivi bag by Kombat UK is the official MOD cadet bivi bag which is a breathable water resistant bivi bag. It is designed to be used with the official MOD cadet sleeping bag system, whilst can also be used with many other style sleeping bags. The cadet bivi bag comes in a polyester pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cadet bivi bag is the perfect choice for military, security and army cadets. Whilst it can also be used for hiking, sports, travel, fishing, hunting, everyday use and a large variety of outdoor activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"aplusBrandStory_feature_div\" class=\"feature\" data-feature-name=\"aplusBrandStory\" data-cel-widget=\"aplusBrandStory_feature_div\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"p13n-m-desktop-dp-sims_purchase-similarities-sims-feature-4\" class=\"celwidget\" data-cel-widget=\"desktop-dp-sims_purchase-similarities-sims-feature-4\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-similarity-type=\"desktop-dp-sims_purchase-similarities\" class=\"a-section similarities-widget sims-carousel-holder\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e**Sleeping bag sold separately**\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20228160258148,"sku":"KU-178","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-cadet-bivi-bag-bivi-bags-wylies-outdoor-world-27346169.jpg?v=1599767442"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-cadet-sleeping-bag","title":"Kombat UK Cadet Sleeping Bag","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.4em;\"\u003eComfort rating: 0 to -7 degrees\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.4em;\"\u003eWater Resistant,\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.4em;\"\u003eUnique bivi housing in the bottom of the compression sack\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 1.4em;\"\u003e75cm width, 38cm foot, 220cm length\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20228199514212,"sku":"KU-185","price":46.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"BTP","offer_id":55337885925762,"sku":null,"price":46.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/1521-2-D.webp?v=1751028454"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-camo-tarpaulin","title":"Kombat UK Camo Tarpaulin","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE camo tarpaulin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced corners and metal eyelets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 3m x 2m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20228257513572,"sku":"KU-196","price":10.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-camo-tarpaulin-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372361.jpg?v=1599767512"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-locking-carabiner-pairs-6mm","title":"Kombat UK Locking Carabiner Pairs - 6mm","description":"\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 6mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20229642420324,"sku":"KU-468","price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-locking-carabiner-pairs---6mm-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25377809.jpg?v=1599775767"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-locking-carabiner-pairs-8mm","title":"Kombat UK Locking Carabiner Pairs - 8mm","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 8mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20229647433828,"sku":"KU-469","price":4.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-locking-carabiner-pairs---8mm-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25377811.jpg?v=1599775769"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-military-sleeping-bag","title":"Military Sleeping Bag","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposition of: nylon shell, cotton lining, and hollow fibre filling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide zip and drawstring hood with compression sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 236 x 76 x 38cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 250g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":31622838190191,"sku":"KU-540-OG","price":29.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"BTP","offer_id":31622838222959,"sku":"KU-540-BTP","price":29.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk-military-sleeping-bag-sleeping-bags-wylies-outdoor-world-25377974.jpg?v=1599775036"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-predator-headlamp-ii","title":"Kombat UK - Predator Headlamp II","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Kombat UK Predator Headlamp is a lightweight headlamp that has a red LED that is ideal for night time use when you are outdoors. The headlamp comes with 3 different setting options so you can choose which setting is best for the environment you're in. it also comes with a fully adjustable elasticated head strap so it's only available in one size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe headlamp features CREE 3W LEDs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCREE LEDs known for superior brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 light settings: ultra-bright, bright or red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed LED is ideal for night time use\/stealth use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable head positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElasticated strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber anti-glare coating with a matte finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires 3 x AAA batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":31587384066159,"sku":"KU-692","price":12.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green","offer_id":31587384098927,"sku":"KU-693","price":12.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-kombat-uk---predator-headlamp-ii-head-torches-wylies-outdoor-world-26276306.jpg?v=1599774620"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-small-angle-torch-camo","title":"Kombat UK Small Angle Torch - Camo","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with 2 x AA batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20231514161252,"sku":"KU-818","price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/325-1-D.jpg?v=1732996547"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-small-angle-torch-olive-green","title":"Kombat UK Small Angle Torch - Olive Green","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes filters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with 2 x AA batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20231516291172,"sku":"KU-819","price":6.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/smallheadtorch.jpg?v=1699170598"},{"product_id":"kombat-uk-tent-pegs-10-pack","title":"Kombat UK Tent Pegs (10 Pack)","description":"\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e175mm steel tent pegs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3mm thick with large hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for lightweight tents, bashas and bivi's\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold in packs of 10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Kombat UK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20232319893604,"sku":"KU-989","price":2.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/kombat-uk-tent-pegs-10-pack-tent-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25380224.jpg?v=1599780775"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-jungle-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Jungle Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Jungle Hammock provides an ultralight, modular shelter system for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e, adventure cycling, and backpacking. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eultralight hammock\u003c\/a\u003e combines waterproof shelter with integrated mosquito protection in a compact, lightweight package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing just 1.6kg complete, the DD Superlight Jungle Hammock offers the versatility of separate components that can be used together or independently, making it ideal for varied outdoor conditions across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.6kg - complete ultralight shelter system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammock Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m - comfortable for users up to 6'5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100kg (15.5 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ripstop nylon with waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh with full zip closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3000mm PU coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eModular System Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-layer ripstop nylon construction for minimal weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Mosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh protects against all insects including Scottish midges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Canopy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detachable rain cover with 3000mm waterproof rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm lightweight poles to maintain net shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage Pockets:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets for small valuables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Ultralight System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Superlight Jungle Hammock with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e ultralight products for comprehensive outdoor adventures:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Ultralight Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Additional weather protection and ground shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\" title=\"DD Underblanket - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - Winter insulation for cold weather camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/superlight-amsteel-2-5mm-rope-15m\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e - High-strength, lightweight suspension rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDD Jungle Hammock Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-canopy-for-superlight-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Replacement or spare waterproof canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jungle-hammock-poles-x2\" title=\"DD Jungle Hammock Poles - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jungle Hammock Poles x2\u003c\/a\u003e - Replacement spreader poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight attachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVersatile Setup Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe modular design allows multiple configuration options:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock + mosquito net + waterproof canopy for all-weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFair Weather:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock + mosquito net only for warm, dry conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround Shelter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Canopy can be used separately as ultralight tarp shelter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmergency Shelter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Quick setup for unexpected weather changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Adventure Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock system suits adventure cycling, ultralight backpacking, and minimalist camping across UK landscapes. The weight savings and compact pack size make it ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-distance cycling tours and bikepacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltralight backpacking and thru-hiking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWild camping in Scottish Highlands and Welsh mountains\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFestival camping and outdoor events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter for outdoor professionals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOther DD Jungle Hammock Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Standard weight version with additional features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season camping hammock alternative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-travel-hammock\" title=\"DD Travel Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact travel option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight and standard options from DD Hammocks and other leading outdoor brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable off-ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with ultralight hammock systems and can provide guidance on modular setup options and weight-saving strategies. For advice on ultralight camping and hammock selection, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help optimize your outdoor gear setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the total weight of the complete system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Jungle Hammock weighs 1.6kg complete, including hammock, mosquito net, waterproof canopy, spreader poles, and suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the components separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the modular design allows you to use the hammock with mosquito net only, or use the waterproof canopy as a separate tarp shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the weight capacity?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock supports up to 100kg (15.5 stone) and accommodates users up to 6'5\" in height comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to the standard DD Jungle Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight version weighs significantly less and packs smaller, while the standard Jungle Hammock offers additional features and durability for extended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock works in winter when combined with appropriate insulation like the DD Underblanket and suitable sleeping bags rated for cold conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Jungle Hammock is available in Olive Green to blend with natural woodland environments.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233157181540,"sku":"ddjungle","price":147.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksJungleHammockinuse3.webp?v=1739980142"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Superlight Hammock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Hammock weighs only 270g, making it one of the lightest \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e available for ultralight backpacking and adventure travel. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eultralight hammock\u003c\/a\u003e provides comfortable off-ground sleeping without the weight penalty of traditional camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for minimalist adventurers, the DD Superlight Hammock packs down to an incredibly small size while maintaining the comfort and durability needed for outdoor adventures across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 270g - one of the lightest camping hammocks available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-lightweight ripstop nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extremely compact for ultralight backpacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforced end loops for secure suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for standard adult users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Design Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-lightweight ripstop nylon minimizes pack weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced end loops provide secure attachment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact stuff sack for minimal pack space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable construction despite minimal weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick setup for efficient camp routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Ultralight System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Superlight Hammock with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e ultralight products for comprehensive weight-saving outdoor gear:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Ultralight Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e - Ultralight weather protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Superlight Jungle Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-in-one ultralight shelter system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/superlight-amsteel-2-5mm-rope-15m\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e - High-strength, lightweight suspension rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDD Hammocks Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Whoopie Suspension Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Adjustable hammock suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight attachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tent-pegs-x6\" title=\"DD Superlight Pegs - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Pegs\u003c\/a\u003e - Lightweight tent pegs for tarp setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and Usage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Hammock sets up quickly using the reinforced end loops and your choice of suspension system. For weather protection, pair with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e for complete ultralight shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe minimal weight makes this hammock ideal for long-distance hiking where every gram counts, while maintaining the comfort needed for quality rest during multi-day adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eUltralight Adventure Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock suits ultralight backpacking, thru-hiking, and minimalist camping across UK landscapes:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-distance hiking and thru-hiking trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltralight backpacking expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBikepacking and adventure cycling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimalist wild camping in Scottish Highlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency shelter and backup sleeping system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTravel hammock for international adventures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOther DD Hammock Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season hammock with integrated mosquito net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-camping-hammock\" title=\"DD Camping Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Camping Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Durable option for regular camping use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-travel-hammock\" title=\"DD Travel Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - Compact travel option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight and standard options from DD Hammocks and other leading outdoor brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional ultralight gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable off-ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with ultralight camping systems and can provide guidance on weight-saving strategies and gear selection. For advice on ultralight camping and hammock systems, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help optimize your outdoor gear setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the DD Superlight Hammock weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Hammock weighs only 270g, making it one of the lightest camping hammocks available for ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the packed size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock packs down to an extremely compact size in the included stuff sack, taking minimal space in ultralight backpacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include weather protection?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the hammock is designed for minimal weight. For weather protection, pair with the DD Superlight Tarp or other ultralight shelter options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension system do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock has reinforced end loops that work with various ultralight suspension systems. Consider the DD Whoopie Suspension Kit or DD Tree Huggers for complete setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to other DD hammocks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Hammock prioritizes minimal weight over features. Other DD hammocks like the Frontline include mosquito nets and additional features but weigh more.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for regular camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile functional for any camping, this hammock is optimized for ultralight applications where weight savings are critical. For regular camping, consider the more durable DD Camping Hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233163702372,"sku":"DDSuperlightgreen-1","price":51.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":24280232067172,"sku":"DDSuperlightgreen-2","price":51.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightHammockinuse4.webp?v=1739982185"},{"product_id":"dd-travel-hammock-bivi","title":"DD Travel Hammock \/ Bivi","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Travel Hammock Bivi - Dual Use Hammock and Ground Shelter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Travel Hammock Bivi\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 930g and works both suspended as a hammock and on the ground as a bivi shelter. The double-layered design includes a built-in mosquito net and waterproof floor layers. With pre-fitted webbing and spreader poles included, this versatile system suits users with any level of hammock camping experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWaterproof Hammock for Ground and Tree Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe waterproof base layers make this hammock ready to deploy on the ground as a bivi when trees aren't available. Backpackers and long-distance hikers appreciate this flexibility when campsites turn out to be tree-free. The 2.7m x 1.4m size accommodates users up to 6ft 5in and 125kg comfortably. The double-layered design with velcro tab closure lets you insert a partially-inflated Thermarest between layers for insulation in cooler weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHammock with Built-in Mosquito Net Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ultra-fine mesh mosquito net zips closed for 100% bug protection against all insects. Two double-sided zippers allow easy open and close from inside or outside. You can unzip both sides and roll up the net to secure it out of the way, or suspend the hammock with the net on the bottom to lounge in the sun. The foldable lightweight spreader poles and elastic keep the net properly positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammock Camping System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock comes pre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end), eliminating the need to purchase separate suspension systems. Four internal pockets store small valuables, while two internal hanging loops hold torches and glasses. Four tabs on each corner of the base allow you to peg out the hammock, suspend equipment, or fit a DD Underblanket for cold weather camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eVersatile Camping Shelter for UK Adventures\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Coyote Brown and Olive Green, this hammock handles the varied conditions found across UK camping destinations. From Scottish Highland wild camping to English woodland adventures, the waterproof floor and mosquito protection work reliably. The dual-use capability means you're prepared whether you find trees for suspension or need ground-based shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNote: Some Travel Hammock users may experience mild condensation due to the waterproof floor. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e offers the same design without the waterproof base layer if condensation is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential Hammock Camping Equipment\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock camping guide and equipment Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eComplete guide to hammock camping techniques and equipment\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Hammocks for sale Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eBrowse complete hammock selection for all camping styles\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"Hammock suspension accessories Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eHammock suspension systems and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eRecommended DD Hammock Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD 3x3 Tarp for hammock camping Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD 3x3 Tarp for weather protection and versatile shelter configurations\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-sleeves\" title=\"DD Hammock Sleeves for insulation Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammock Sleeves for additional insulation and comfort\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/amsteel-2-5mm-rope-superlight\" title=\"Superlight Amsteel Rope for hammock rigging Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eSuperlight Amsteel Rope for advanced hammock rigging setups\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-mini-karabiners-x-10\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners for hammock setup Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners for secure hammock and tarp connections\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension Systems Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDD Hammock Suspension Systems for tree-friendly setup\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4mWeight: 930g (hammock only)User Capacity: Up to 6ft 5in height and 125kg weightColors: Coyote Brown, Olive GreenMaterials: Double-layered fabric with waterproof floorMosquito Net: Ultra-fine mesh with dual zippersSuspension: Pre-fitted 10m webbing (5m each end)Includes: Spreader poles, elastic, stuff sack\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBuilt for UK Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock excels in UK conditions where weather can change quickly and camping spots vary from dense woodlands to open moorlands. The waterproof floor handles the damp ground common in British camping, while the mosquito net provides protection during summer months. Whether you're wild camping in Scotland or exploring English forests, this dual-use system adapts to available terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor equipment specialists Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie outdoor equipment specialist Fife Scotland UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has tested this specific DD Travel Hammock Bivi several nights a week for extended periods across multiple seasons, including some of the worst weather the UK has offered over the last 10 years. This extensive real-world testing experience covers everything from Scottish Highland storms to English woodland conditions, providing genuine insights into how this hammock performs in actual use. For advice on hammock selection based on years of hands-on testing experience, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact outdoor equipment specialists Fife Scotland UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance you can trust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan this be used on the ground as well as suspended?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the waterproof base layers make it ready to deploy on the ground as a bivi when trees aren't available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size person does this accommodate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for users up to 6ft 5in height and 125kg weight while maintaining comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the mosquito net removable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net is built-in but can be unzipped and rolled up to secure out of the way when not needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with suspension?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, pre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end) - no additional suspension needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill I get condensation with the waterproof floor?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users may experience mild condensation. The DD Frontline Hammock offers the same design without waterproof base if this is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colors are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Coyote Brown and Olive Green to suit different environments and preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I add insulation for cold weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double-layered design with velcro closure allows you to insert a partially-inflated sleeping pad between layers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233179529316,"sku":"DDTRA-OG","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":24062272766052,"sku":"DDTRA-CB","price":57.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksTravelHammockbivi.webp?v=1739903192"},{"product_id":"dd-camping-hammock","title":"DD Camping Hammock","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Hammocks DD Camping Hammock is lightweight and durable and suits a range of uses from leisure to wild camping. The DD Hammocks Camping Hammock also benefits from two zip-open layers, for you to put either a Thermarest between or yourself.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou have the option to use it alone or add rain protection with a tarp. We at Wylies Outdoor World recommend using the \u003cspan style=\"color: #3d85c6;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #3d85c6;\" title=\"Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\/\"\u003eHammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ewith whatever hammock you choose to buy. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimple yet effective:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you are thinking about starting out camping or maybe just wanting a change from the way you are already camping the DD Camping Hammock is a great way to start. It is an inexpensive hammock but that doesn't mean it won't do the job properly. For a good quality night sleep and for a little added protection against cold weather, slip a sleeping mat or a blanket between the layers. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNote: This hammock is not waterproof.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for up to 6ft 5in and 125kg \/ 19 Stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 650g (hammock only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Camping hammock, webbing (10m), stuff sack.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable, zippered double-layer design – lie between the layers to cocoon yourself, or insert a partially-inflated Thermarest or camping mat between the layers in cooler weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo double-sided zippers on the same zip line, for easy open and close\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePre-fitted with 10m of strong suspension webbing (5m each end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"display: inline !important;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended Accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Tarp 3x3\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Hammock Sleeves\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-sleeves?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=13cdac80c\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammock Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Superlight Amsteel Rope\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/amsteel-2-5mm-rope-superlight?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=872f64e85\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eSuperlight Amsteel Rope\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Mini Karabiners\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-mini-karabiners-x-10?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=6fc7d0af2\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension System\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=d5aceb5d7\u0026amp;_ss=r\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Hammock Suspension System\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" title=\"Hammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eHammock Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":54882243936642,"sku":"campinggreen","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":54974749999490,"sku":"campingMULTI","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDCampingHammockinuse-Multicam4.webp?v=1739990892"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3x3","title":"DD Tarp 3x3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock and Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3x3 provides waterproof shelter for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft with 19 reinforced attachment points for versatile setup configurations. This 3 metre square tarp weighs 790g and packs to 24x14x4cm, made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in 7 colours including Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Black, Sunset Orange, Multicam, Forest Green, and Winter Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Model Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks offers four 3x3 tarp versions suited for different camping needs. This comparison helps you choose the right tarp for your specific requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 3x3 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-pro\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3 PRO\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-uv50\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 UV50 Plus, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3 UV50 Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 points plus 16 eyelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePress studs for enclosing shelter, connecting tarps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV50 Plus protection blocks 98% UVA and UVB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral hammock camping and bushcraft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced setups and extreme weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer camping and hot climates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours Available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 options (Olive Green, Multicam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 option (Bancha Green)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrice Point\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost affordable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost users, best all-round choice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExperienced users wanting maximum versatility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTropical travel and beach camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 is the most popular and universally suited option, offering the best balance of features, weight, and price for general outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 19 Attachment Points for Versatile Shelter Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points include 16 around the sides and corners, plus 3 along the centre ridgeline. These attachment points enable multiple shelter configurations suited for different weather conditions and camping situations. The attachment points use reinforced fabric patches to handle the stress of guy lines and stakes without tearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe three centre ridgeline points allow asymmetric pitches where you position the ridgeline off-centre to create different shelter shapes. This flexibility lets you adapt the tarp setup to available trees, terrain features, and weather conditions without being locked into symmetrical configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Shelter Setup Configurations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 attachment points enable these shelter configurations for different weather conditions and camping situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eA Frame Setup for Balanced Rain and Wind Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRun a ridgeline between two trees or use \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp poles for hammock camping shelters, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp poles\u003c\/a\u003e. Drape the tarp over the ridgeline with one third on one side and two thirds on the other. Fold the longer side to create a floor and stake the edges to the ground. Adjust the tension and peg out the corners for stability. This setup provides good airflow while protecting against rain and wind from multiple directions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLean To Setup for Quick Shelter and Fire Reflection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure one edge of the tarp to a high point like a ridgeline or tree limb. Stake the opposite side to the ground creating a sloped roof. Position the shelter to block wind with space to build a fire in front. The angled tarp reflects heat from the fire back into the shelter, making this setup effective for cold weather camping. This is the quickest setup when you need shelter fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePlow Point Setup for Wind Resistant Shelter\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure one corner of the tarp high on a tree or with a pole. Stake the opposite corner to the ground. Use additional stakes and guylines to stabilize the sides. This fast setup creates a pointed, wind-resistant structure with a smaller footprint suitable for exposed locations where wind comes from a consistent direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFlying Wedge Setup for Heavy Rain Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet up one side high using a tree or pole. Run the other side low to the ground. The steep slope sheds torrential rain effectively. Ensure the slope directs water away from your sleeping area to prevent pooling underneath the shelter. This low-profile setup also handles strong winds better than taller configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDiamond Setup for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition the tarp diagonally over your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock\u003c\/a\u003e with corners pointing fore and aft. This configuration provides coverage along the hammock length while shedding rain to the sides. The diamond setup works well in wooded areas where trees are not perfectly aligned for an A-frame pitch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGround Tarp Setup for Tent Floor Protection\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLay the tarp flat and stake out all four corners to create a clean, dry floor. Use this configuration as a protective ground cloth underneath a tent to prevent wear and add insulation, or as a simple base for sleeping when combined with a sleeping mat and bivvy bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdditional Uses for DD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAngle the tarp to direct rainwater into a container for water collection in camp. Use the tarp as a flysheet draped over a tent or shelter to add extra waterproofing and wind protection. Create a covered cooking and gear storage area at base camp by setting up the tarp as a porch extension to your main shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof 3000mm PU Coating\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 190T polyester fabric carries a 3000mm waterproof PU coating with taped central seam. This waterproof rating handles heavy downpours and prolonged rain common in UK camping conditions. The taped seam prevents water penetration along the centre ridgeline where two fabric panels join, eliminating a common failure point in cheaper tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll DD tarps remain 100% waterproof even in the heaviest storms. The 3000mm rating exceeds the waterproof standard required for UK camping, where sustained rainfall tests tarp performance more than brief showers in drier climates. The polyester fabric maintains its waterproof properties over years of use when properly cared for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Available in 7 Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNatural colour that blends into UK woodland environments without standing out. Suitable for most camping situations where you want your shelter to blend with the surroundings. The most popular colour choice for general bushcraft and wild camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCoyote Brown\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth tone that works well in open moorland, autumn woodland, and varied terrain types. The neutral brown colour provides versatility across different environments and seasons. Less common than Olive Green but equally effective for blending into natural settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBlack\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsorbs heat from sunlight, making it warmer in cold conditions. Works well for urban camping and stealth setups where dark colours blend with man-made structures. Shows dirt less than lighter colours but can feel warmer in summer sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh visibility colour for emergency signaling and situations where you want your shelter to be easily located. Useful for group camping where you need to find your shelter quickly, or for safety in areas where visibility matters. Stands out in natural settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMulticam\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands. Provides visual concealment across varied landscapes. The Multicam pattern costs more due to specialized printing and pattern licensing. Choose this if visual concealment is important for your camping style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eForest Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDarker green shade that matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Blends well in UK forest environments for low-impact camping. Similar to Olive Green but with a deeper, richer tone that works particularly well in dense woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWinter Multicam\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks' own winter camouflage pattern designed for snowy conditions. Provides visual concealment when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance in winter environments. Winter Multicam costs more due to specialized printing. Choose this for winter hammock camping in snow-covered landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Specifications and Pack Size\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 790g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - 24cm x 14cm x 4cm approximately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Black, Sunset Orange, Multicam, Forest Green, Winter Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Size Suitable for Solo Hammock Camping and Bushcraft\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 metre size provides coverage for one person and their gear in most hammock camping configurations. When set up as an A-frame or diamond over a hammock, the 3 metre width covers the hammock with space on each side to keep rain off. The 3 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with room for a small pack or boots at one end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor ground dwelling setups, the 3x3 size works for one person with gear stored inside the shelter. Two people can fit under a 3x3 tarp in emergency situations, but the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e size provides more comfortable space for two people or one person with extensive gear spread out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Complementary Equipment for Complete Shelter System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e to create a complete hammock camping setup. A ridgeline rope suspends the tarp between trees, with DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope providing the strength needed without stretching like paracord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cold weather hammock camping, add a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock underblanket or quilt\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate underneath and around your body. The tarp provides rain and wind protection while the insulation maintains warmth. DD Superlight Tent Pegs work well for staking out the tarp in softer ground, while DD Tarp Poles enable setups where trees are not available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat DD Tarp 3x3 Standard Does Best\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Tarp 3x3 Standard excels as the most versatile and universally suited option in the 3x3 range. The 19 attachment points provide enough setup options for most camping situations without the added weight and complexity of the PRO version. The 790g weight keeps pack weight reasonable for solo camping and backpacking. The 3000mm waterproof coating handles UK rain conditions reliably, and the 7 colour options let you choose the right colour for your camping environment and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Standard Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 size provides adequate coverage for solo camping but feels tight for two people or one person with extensive gear. Taller users over 6 feet may find the 3 metre length leaves little room for gear storage at the ends when using hammock setups. The 790g weight is heavier than ultralight tarps like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, making the standard 3x3 less suitable for ultralight backpacking where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp fabric is not fire resistant. Sparks from campfires can burn holes in the material, so maintain safe distance between fires and the tarp. The tarp does not include a ridgeline, so you must purchase suspension equipment separately to set up the shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow to Care for DD Tarp 3x3 Waterproof Camping Tarp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after each use before packing the tarp away. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew growth on the fabric. If the tarp gets muddy, rinse it with clean water and hang it to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the attachment points and seams regularly for wear or damage. The reinforced attachment points handle significant stress during setup, but check for any tearing or separation from the main fabric. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods, as this maintains the waterproof coating effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid setting up campfires directly under the tarp or too close to the edges. The polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or direct flame. Position fires at safe distances and consider wind direction to prevent sparks blowing onto the tarp material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of how DD tarps perform in actual camping conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between the standard 3x3, PRO, or UV50 Plus versions? Need advice on tarp setup configurations for specific weather conditions or camping situations? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich 3x3 tarp version should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard 3x3 for general hammock camping and bushcraft - it offers the best balance of features, weight, and price for most users. Choose the PRO if you want maximum setup versatility with extra attachment points and press studs. Choose the UV50 Plus for summer camping and hot climates where UV protection matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the DD Tarp 3x3 truly waterproof?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 190T polyester fabric has a 3000mm waterproof PU coating with taped central seam. This rating handles heavy downpours and prolonged rain. All DD tarps remain 100% waterproof even in the heaviest storms based on extensive field testing in UK weather conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich setup configuration works best for different weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the A-frame setup for balanced protection against rain and wind with good airflow. The lean-to works well for quick setup with fire reflection in cold weather. The plow point provides wind resistance in exposed locations. The flying wedge sheds heavy rain effectively. The diamond setup works well for hammock camping. Choose your setup based on expected weather conditions and available anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the 3x3 size work for two people?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo people can fit under a 3x3 tarp in emergency situations, but the space feels tight with gear. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e size provides more comfortable coverage for two people or one person with extensive gear. The 3x3 works best for solo camping with room for one person and their equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland for most camping situations. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Black absorbs heat and works for urban camping. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern. Winter Multicam provides visual concealment in snowy conditions when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance. Both Multicam patterns cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp come with a ridgeline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo DD tarps include a ridgeline. You need to purchase ridgeline rope separately from our tarp suspension accessories collection. DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope work well as they provide strength without stretching like paracord. The tarp includes 4 pegs and guy lines in a separate bag, plus a stuff sack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the standard 3x3 compare to the DD Superlight Tarp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 weighs 790g and uses durable 190T polyester fabric. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs significantly less using thinner fabric, making it better for ultralight backpacking where weight matters most. The heavier standard version provides more durability for regular use and rough conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this tarp for hammock camping and ground dwelling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the DD Tarp 3x3 works for both hammock coverage and ground-based shelters. The 19 attachment points enable configurations suited for suspending over a hammock or creating ground dwelling setups like A-frames, lean-tos, and enclosed shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the tarp fire resistant?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the polyester fabric is not fire resistant. Sparks from campfires can burn holes in the material. Maintain safe distance between fires and the tarp, and consider wind direction to prevent sparks blowing onto the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many attachment points does the standard have compared to the PRO?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard 3x3 has 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline). The PRO has 21 attachment points plus 16 additional eyelets and a press stud system for enclosing the shelter or connecting multiple tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension equipment do I need to buy separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt minimum, you need a ridgeline (DD Cord or DD Superlight Amsteel Rope) and tree protection straps. For advanced setups, consider DD Fixed Loops for adjustable attachments, additional guy lines for storm-worthy configurations, and DD Tarp Poles for setups where trees are not available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the 3x3 compare to the 3.5x3.5 and 4x4 sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3x3 at 790g is the lightest option for solo camping. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5x3.5\u003c\/a\u003e at 1050g provides more coverage for solo with extra gear or XL hammocks. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\" title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e at 1290g works best for two person camping or group shelters. Choose based on your typical camping style and whether you camp solo or with others.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233208856676,"sku":"9657964","price":37.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233209020516,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Coyote Brown","price":37.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":20233208954980,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Black","price":37.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":20233209184356,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-Sunset Orange","price":37.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":23525404180580,"sku":"ddtarps3x3-MC","price":45.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56017723883906,"sku":"987687586","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54893907018114,"sku":"ddtarp3x3forrestgreen","price":37.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocks3x3Tarpinuse1.webp?v=1739581356"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp","title":"DD Superlight Tarp","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 510g Ultralight Camping Tarp for Hammock and Backpacking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Tarp weighs only 510g and packs to half the size of the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e, making it the lightest option in the DD tarp range. This 2.9m x 3m ultralight tarp provides coverage for solo \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and backpacking. Made from 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating and 3000mm waterproof rating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, or Sunset Orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Weight 510g Half the Weight of Standard 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp weighs 510g compared to 790g for the standard 3x3 tarp, a 280g weight saving that makes a significant difference on long-distance hikes and ultralight backpacking trips. The packed size is approximately 20cm x 15cm, half the volume of the standard 3x3, fitting easily in ultralight backpacks without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon construction with silicone coating provides the weight savings while maintaining 3000mm waterproof protection. The lighter fabric packs down smaller and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to heavier polyester tarps, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Drew's Personal Favorite from Almost a Decade of Testing\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. The DD Superlight Tarp is Drew's personal favorite from the entire DD tarp range because the packed size and weight make it practical for extended trips where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany of the product images shown are from Drew's own adventures using the Superlight Tarp in UK conditions. This extensive real-world testing provides confidence that the tarp performs reliably despite its ultralight construction. The weight savings allow for longer trips without compromising weather protection, making it the go-to choice for serious ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Size 2.9m x 3m for Solo Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.9m x 3m size provides coverage for one person and gear in hammock camping setups. The slightly smaller dimensions compared to the 3x3 (which measures 3m x 3m) contribute to the weight savings while still providing adequate coverage for solo use. When set up as a diamond or A-frame over a hammock, the Superlight Tarp keeps rain off with minimal excess material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor solo backpacking where you want the lightest possible setup, the Superlight Tarp provides the right balance between coverage and weight. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may prefer the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp XL for additional coverage, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e which offers additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 20D Ripstop Nylon Lighter and Packs Smaller\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric provides significant weight savings compared to the 190T polyester used in standard tarps. The ripstop construction prevents small tears from spreading, important for ultralight fabrics. The silicone coating provides 3000mm waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings used on standard tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D fabric packs down to a smaller size than heavier polyester tarps, taking up less space in your pack. The fabric is also less prone to folding damage over time compared to polyester, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking on extended trips. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks, so clear your camping area thoroughly before setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp 19 Attachment Points for Versatile Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points provide the same setup versatility as heavier DD tarps. The attachment points use reinforced fabric loops that handle the stress of guy lines and stakes without tearing. These points enable A-frame, diamond, lean-to, and other configurations suited for different weather conditions and terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attachment points are positioned identically to the standard 3x3 tarp, so setup techniques and configurations transfer directly between the two tarps. This makes it easy to switch between the Superlight for weight-conscious trips and the standard 3x3 when you prefer heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Available in Three Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling, useful when camping in areas where visibility matters or for group trips where you need to locate your shelter quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.9 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 510g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Saving\u003c\/strong\u003e - 280g lighter than standard 3x3 (790g)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 20cm x 15cm (half the volume of standard 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Sunset Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - Stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline, pegs, guy lines (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Superlight Tarp Over Standard Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp when pack weight and volume matter more than maximum coverage. The 510g weight and compact pack size make it the right choice for long-distance hiking, thru-hiking, bikepacking, and ultralight backpacking where every gram affects your performance and comfort over multiple days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp when you prioritize low weight for solo camping. The weight savings of 280g compared to the standard 3x3 adds up significantly when combined with other ultralight gear choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp XL for additional coverage, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp XL\u003c\/a\u003e if you need additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e if you prefer heavier polyester fabric, or the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e for more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Complementary Ultralight Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with ultralight \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e like DD Superlight Amsteel Rope for ridgelines. Use DD Superlight Pegs for staking out the tarp in softer ground. For complete ultralight hammock camping setups, combine with ultralight \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks, sticks, and rough ground compared to heavier polyester tarps. Clear your camping area thoroughly before setup and use a groundsheet for ground dwelling configurations to protect the fabric from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.9m x 3m size provides adequate coverage for solo camping but feels tight compared to the 3x3 or larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient. The Superlight Tarp does not include pegs or guy lines, so you must purchase these separately, adding to the total system weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe silicone coating can be slippery when wet, making the tarp harder to handle during setup in rain compared to PU-coated tarps. The lighter fabric also flaps more in wind, creating more noise than heavier tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle the tarp carefully during setup and takedown to avoid snagging the 20D fabric on sharp objects. Clear your camping area of rocks, sticks, and anything that could puncture the fabric. Use a groundsheet when setting up ground dwelling configurations to protect the underside from abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing for long-term storage. The silicone coating resists mildew better than PU coatings, but moisture can still cause problems if stored wet. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the tarp regularly for small tears or punctures. Repair damage promptly using silicone-based repair tape or patches designed for silicone-coated fabrics. Standard PU-based repair tape does not adhere well to silicone coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether the Superlight Tarp suits your camping style and weight priorities? Need advice on caring for ultralight fabrics or choosing between the Superlight and Superlight XL? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on Drew's years of hands-on experience using the Superlight Tarp as his personal favorite from the DD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the Superlight Tarp compared to the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp weighs 510g compared to 790g for the standard 3x3, a 280g weight saving. The packed size is also half the volume, making it significantly more compact for ultralight backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the advantages of 20D ripstop nylon over polyester?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon is lighter, packs down smaller, and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to 190T polyester. The fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp objects, but provides the same waterproof protection at significantly lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Superlight Tarp come with pegs and guy lines?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the Superlight Tarp includes only the tarp and stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines, pegs, and guy lines separately. This allows you to choose ultralight options that match your weight-saving goals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I choose, Superlight or Superlight XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the standard Superlight (2.9m x 3m, 510g) for solo camping where weight matters most. Choose the Superlight XL for additional coverage while maintaining ultralight construction. The XL suits taller users or those carrying more gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Superlight Tarp for ground dwelling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but use a groundsheet to protect the 20D fabric from abrasion and punctures. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid damage from rough ground compared to heavier tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Coyote Brown blend into natural environments. Sunset Orange provides high visibility for safety and emergency signaling, useful when visibility matters or for group trips where you need to locate your shelter quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the waterproof rating compare to standard tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp has the same 3000mm waterproof rating as standard DD tarps. The silicone coating provides reliable waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is this Drew's personal favorite tarp?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe combination of 510g weight and compact pack size makes the Superlight Tarp practical for extended trips where every gram matters. The weight savings allow for longer trips without compromising weather protection, making it the go-to choice for serious ultralight backpacking based on almost a decade of regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233234481252,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Coyote Brown","price":70.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233234579556,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Sunset Orange","price":70.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233234645092,"sku":"ddsuperlight.-Olive Green","price":70.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_Hammocks_Superlight_Tarp_being_used_With_a_ddammock_at_Wylie_s_Outdoor_World.webp?v=1740852116"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-xl","title":"DD Tarp XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp XL 4.5m x 3m Rectangular Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp XL is a rectangular tarp measuring 4.5m x 3m, designed for \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e, tent coverage, and ground shelters. The rectangular shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups, the two most popular configurations for this tarp. Weighs 1020g with 19 reinforced attachment points. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Rectangular Shape 4.5m x 3m for Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular 4.5m x 3m dimensions provide 13.5 square metres of coverage optimized for hammock camping. The 4.5 metre length runs along the hammock, providing coverage from head to foot with extra space at the ends for gear. The 3 metre width covers the hammock with adequate overhang on each side to keep rain off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape differs from square tarps like the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e. Square tarps offer more setup flexibility, while the rectangular XL is optimized for specific configurations that work well with the longer dimension. This makes the XL particularly suited for A-frame and lean-to setups where the rectangular shape provides advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for A-Frame Setup Over Hammocks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe A-frame setup is one of the two most popular configurations for the Tarp XL. Run a ridgeline along the 4.5 metre length and drape the tarp over it, creating an A-frame that covers the hammock from end to end. The 3 metre width provides adequate coverage on each side of the ridgeline to keep rain off the hammock and gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape works well for A-frame setups because the longer 4.5 metre dimension provides coverage along the hammock length without excess material at the ends. This makes the A-frame more efficient than using a square tarp, where you have more material than needed in some directions and potentially less in others depending on how you orient it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for Lean-To Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lean-to setup is the other most popular configuration for the Tarp XL. Secure the 4.5 metre edge to a high ridgeline or tree limb, then stake the opposite 4.5 metre edge to the ground at an angle. This creates a sloped shelter that sheds rain while providing an open front where you can build a fire.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape works well for lean-to configurations because the 4.5 metre length provides a long sheltered area where you can spread out gear or accommodate multiple people sitting along the length. The 3 metre width from front to back provides adequate depth for the shelter without excess material that would add weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Rectangular Shape Less Flexible Than Square Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape is less flexible for setup options compared to square tarps. Square tarps like the 3x3 or 4x4 work equally well in any orientation because all sides are the same length. The rectangular XL works best when you orient the 4.5 metre length in the direction you need coverage, limiting some configuration options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor diamond setups over hammocks, square tarps provide more flexibility in positioning. For complex shelter configurations that require equal dimensions in all directions, square tarps offer more options. Choose the rectangular XL when you specifically want A-frame or lean-to setups where the rectangular shape provides advantages, or when you need coverage along one dimension more than the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL for Additional Tent Coverage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular XL works well as additional coverage over tents, creating a porch area or extending the covered space beyond the tent footprint. The 4.5 metre length can run along the tent length, providing coverage for the tent entrance and creating a covered area for cooking or gear storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the XL as a flysheet over smaller tents to add extra waterproofing and wind protection. The rectangular shape makes it easier to position over rectangular tents compared to square tarps, as the dimensions align better with typical tent shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Weight 1020g for Solo or Two Person Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL weighs 1020g excluding pegs and guy lines, positioning it between the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e (1050g) and the standard 3x3 (790g) in weight. The 1020g weight is reasonable for solo camping where you want more coverage than the 3x3 provides, or for two person trips where you split the weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 13.5 square metres of coverage provides more sheltered space than the 3x3 (9 square metres) while weighing 230g more. This makes the XL a good choice when you want extra coverage for gear or two person use without moving up to the heavier 4x4 (1290g, 16 square metres).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Available in Three Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.5 metres x 3 metres (rectangular)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 13.5 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1020g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp XL Over Square Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the rectangular XL when you specifically want A-frame or lean-to setups for hammock camping. The 4.5m x 3m dimensions work well for these configurations, providing coverage along the hammock length without excess material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XL when you need additional coverage over rectangular tents or want to create a porch area. The rectangular shape aligns better with tent shapes than square tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the XL when you want more coverage than the 3x3 (9 square metres) but do not need the full coverage of the 4x4 (16 square metres). The 13.5 square metres provides a middle ground at 1020g weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose square tarps like the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e, or \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e when you want maximum setup flexibility and the ability to orient the tarp in any direction. Square tarps work better for diamond setups and complex configurations that require equal dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rectangular shape is less flexible for setup options compared to square tarps. You get the best performance from the XL when using A-frame or lean-to configurations where the rectangular dimensions provide advantages. For diamond setups and complex configurations, square tarps offer more flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1020g weight is heavier than the 3x3 (790g) for situations where you want minimal weight. The XL provides more coverage but at a weight penalty that may not be justified if you mainly do solo camping with minimal gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL provides less coverage than the 4x4 (13.5 square metres vs 16 square metres) while weighing only 270g less. For two person camping where you want maximum coverage, the 4x4 may be worth the extra weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long-term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the rectangular XL makes sense versus when square tarps provide better flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between rectangular XL and square tarps for your camping style? Need advice on A-frame or lean-to setups? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp XL Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the XL different from square tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL is rectangular (4.5m x 3m) rather than square. This shape works well for A-frame and lean-to setups where the longer dimension provides coverage along one direction. Square tarps offer more setup flexibility because all sides are equal length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the two most popular setups for the XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA-frame and lean-to are the two most popular configurations. The rectangular shape works well for these setups where the 4.5 metre length provides coverage along the hammock or shelter length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the XL for diamond setups over hammocks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but square tarps work better for diamond setups because they provide more flexibility in positioning. The rectangular XL can be used for diamond setups but the shape is optimized for A-frame and lean-to configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the XL compare to the 3.5 x 3.5 for coverage?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL provides 13.5 square metres compared to 12.25 square metres for the 3.5 x 3.5. The XL weighs 1020g compared to 1050g for the 3.5 x 3.5, making it slightly lighter with slightly more coverage. Choose based on whether you want rectangular (XL) or square (3.5 x 3.5) shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the XL suitable for tent coverage?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the rectangular shape works well as additional coverage over tents, creating porch areas or extending covered space. The 4.5 metre length aligns well with rectangular tent shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Coyote Brown blend into natural environments. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two people camp under the XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 13.5 square metres provides adequate coverage for two people in ground dwelling setups or two hammocks. The 4.5 metre length works well for two hammocks set up along the length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the XL over the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XL weighs 1020g compared to 1290g for the 4x4, a 270g weight saving. Choose the XL when you want a rectangular shape for A-frame or lean-to setups and do not need the full 16 square metres of the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233243426916,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Olive Green","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233243361380,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Coyote Brown","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233243394148,"sku":"ddxltarps1-Multicam","price":57.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammockstarpXLinuse-Multicam4.webp?v=1739715725"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-4x4","title":"DD Tarp 4x4","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Two Person and Group Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 4x4 provides 16 square metres of coverage for two person camping, group shelters, and base camp setups. This 4 metre square tarp weighs 1290g with 19 reinforced attachment points for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam, or Winter Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Size Comparison for Two Person Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo camping, ultralight backpacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.25 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo with extra gear, XL and Kingsize hammocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4x4 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo person camping, group shelters, base camps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 provides 16 square metres of coverage, 78% more than the 3x3 and 31% more than the 3.5 x 3.5. This additional coverage makes the 4x4 the right choice for two person camping where both people and their gear need protection from weather. The 1290g weight is only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5, making it worth the extra weight for regular two person use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for One or Two Person Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 metre width provides comfortable coverage for two \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e set up side by side or at angles to each other. The 4 metre length ensures both hammocks stay protected from rain with room for gear at the ends. When set up as an A-frame or diamond configuration over two hammocks, the 4x4 provides adequate coverage without feeling cramped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two person hammock camping, the 4x4 allows each person to have their own space under the tarp without compromising coverage. The extra width compared to the 3.5 x 3.5 means rain does not reach the hammocks even in wind-driven conditions where smaller tarps leave the edges exposed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 is an excellent tarp to pair with the larger \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock King Size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock King Size\u003c\/a\u003e, providing adequate coverage for the wider hammock dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for Group Base Camp and Communal Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16 square metres of coverage makes the 4x4 suitable for group base camp setups where you need communal cooking and gear storage space. Set up as a large A-frame or lean-to, the 4x4 provides covered area for multiple people to gather, cook, and organize gear out of the weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScout groups, bushcraft courses, and group expeditions benefit from the 4x4 as a central shelter where the group can work together under cover. The tarp works well as a cooking shelter at base camp, keeping food preparation areas dry during prolonged rain. The large coverage also makes the 4x4 suitable for extending caravan or vehicle awnings, creating additional covered living space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 for Two Person Ground Dwelling Setups\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two person ground dwelling, the 4x4 provides comfortable space for two people to sleep with gear stored inside the shelter. Set up as an A-frame with one side as a floor, the 4x4 accommodates two sleeping mats with room for packs and boots under cover. The extra space compared to smaller tarps means you do not need to sleep directly next to each other or leave gear exposed to weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 also works well for solo camping when you want maximum covered space for extended stays, photography equipment, or winter camping with bulky insulation gear. The large coverage provides room to move around inside the shelter during prolonged bad weather, making multi-day trips more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Weight 1290g Only 240g More Than 3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 weighs 1290g excluding pegs and guy lines, only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g). This 240g weight difference is minimal when split between two people, making the 4x4 practical for two person backpacking trips where you share the load. Each person carries 645g of tarp weight, less than carrying a 3x3 (790g) solo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor regular two person camping, the extra 240g over the 3.5 x 3.5 is worth the significantly more comfortable coverage. The 4x4 provides 31% more coverage for only 23% more weight, making it efficient for the space it provides. The weight becomes less important when the tarp serves as the main shelter for two people rather than a solo ultralight setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Available in Five Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Forest Green matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands. Winter Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own winter camouflage pattern designed for snowy conditions, providing visual concealment when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance in winter environments. Both Multicam and Winter Multicam cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 metres x 4 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 16 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1290g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Per Person\u003c\/strong\u003e - 645g when shared between two people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam, Winter Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 4x4 Over Smaller Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you regularly camp with two people and want comfortable coverage for both hammocks or sleeping areas plus gear. The 16 square metres provides adequate space without feeling cramped, and the 1290g weight splits to 645g per person when shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you do group camping, bushcraft courses, or expeditions where you need communal shelter space for cooking and gear organization. The large coverage works well as a base camp shelter where multiple people gather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the 4x4 if you want maximum covered space for solo camping during extended stays or when carrying extensive gear like photography equipment. The extra space provides room to move around inside the shelter during prolonged bad weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose smaller tarps if you prioritize low weight for solo ultralight backpacking. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e at 790g or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5\" title=\"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003e3.5 x 3.5\u003c\/a\u003e at 1050g provide adequate solo coverage at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Complementary Equipment for Two Person Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for two person hammock camping setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate both sleep systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1290g weight is too heavy for solo ultralight backpacking where every gram matters. Solo campers who prioritize low weight should choose the 3x3 (790g) or 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g) unless they specifically want maximum covered space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 packs larger than smaller tarps, taking up more space in your pack. This matters less when two people share the load, but solo backpackers may find the pack size inconvenient compared to more compact options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor groups larger than two people, you may need multiple tarps or larger shelter solutions. The 4x4 works for two people comfortably or three people in tight conditions, but larger groups need additional shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the 4x4 size makes sense for two person camping versus when smaller tarps suffice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between 3.5 x 3.5 or 4x4 for two person camping? Need advice on setting up the 4x4 for group base camps? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 4x4 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 4x4 worth the extra 240g over the 3.5 x 3.5 for two people?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4x4 provides 31% more coverage (16 square metres vs 12.25 square metres) for only 240g extra weight. When split between two people, each person carries 645g, making the weight reasonable for the comfortable two person coverage the 4x4 provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan two hammocks fit comfortably under the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 metre width provides comfortable coverage for two hammocks set up side by side or at angles. The 4 metre length ensures both hammocks stay protected with room for gear at the ends. The 4x4 is the right size for regular two person hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many people can fit under the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 comfortably accommodates two people with gear. Three people can fit in tight conditions for emergency use, but two people is the practical limit for comfortable camping with adequate space for everyone's gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the 4x4 too heavy for solo backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 1290g, the 4x4 is heavier than needed for solo ultralight backpacking. Solo campers who prioritize low weight should choose the 3x3 (790g) or 3.5 x 3.5 (1050g). The 4x4 makes sense for solo use only when you want maximum covered space for extended stays or extensive gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the 4x4 as a base camp shelter for groups?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 16 square metres of coverage works well as a communal cooking and gear storage shelter at base camp. Scout groups, bushcraft courses, and group expeditions use the 4x4 as a central gathering space where people can work together under cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland. Coyote Brown works in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern. Winter Multicam provides visual concealment in snowy conditions when you want to stay hidden from sight at a distance. Both Multicam patterns cost more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the pack size compare to smaller tarps?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4x4 packs larger than the 3x3 or 3.5 x 3.5. This matters less when two people share the load, but solo backpackers may find the pack size inconvenient. The larger pack size is the trade-off for the significantly more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I extend my caravan awning with the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4x4 works well for extending caravan or vehicle awnings, creating additional covered living space. The large coverage provides room for outdoor cooking areas, gear storage, or additional seating space protected from weather.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233254731876,"sku":"u6riutrkl","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54956096782722,"sku":"8758567865","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233254666340,"sku":"ddtarp4x4-Coyote Brown","price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":56017658544514,"sku":null,"price":47.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233254764644,"sku":"ddtarp4x4-Multicam","price":64.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56017658577282,"sku":null,"price":63.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocks4x4Tarpinuse2.webp?v=1739581490"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-medium","title":"DD Tarp Medium","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIdeal for hammock camping, the DD Tarp Medium provides further coverage for the head and foot ends of your hammock while economising on side coverage to keep pack weight to a minimum.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll the cover you need, ready to take anywhere.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith enough coverage for all DD hammocks, the DD Tarp Medium is recommended for one person plus gear. Arrange it in an A-frame over your hammock for storm protection, or even use it to extend a porch on your tent. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll DD tarps are 100% waterproof, even in the heaviest storms.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 3.5m x 2.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green, Coyote Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 740g ( excluding pegs \u0026amp; guy lines)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Tarp M, 4 x pegs \u0026amp; guy lines, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19 tough reinforced attachment points: 16 around the sides and corners, and 3 along the centre (ridge line)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x pegs and guy lines included in their own bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from 190T polyester with PU 3000mm waterproof coating, and has a taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff sack with drawcord closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended accessories:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-dd-cord-10m?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=427d4dd51\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Cord (10m)\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Cord\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e– ideal for ridge line (to suspend the tarp between trees)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-superlight-tent-pegs-x6?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=12056b656\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Superlight Tent Pegs x6\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD Superlight Tent Pegs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-ridgeline-lok-x2?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=18dca962d\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD Ridgeline Loks x2\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRidge Line Loks\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-xl-tarp-sleeve?_pos=1\u0026amp;_sid=5d4eb9491\u0026amp;_ss=r\" title=\"DD XL Tarp Sleeve\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eDD XL Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/cordage-1\" title=\"Outdoors Cordage\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eCordage\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: #00aaff;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\" title=\"Tarp Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" style=\"color: #00aaff;\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eTarp Suspension \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"product-care-advice\" class=\"r-tabs-panel r-tabs-state-active\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233259286628,"sku":"ddmedium-Olive Green","price":35.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233259253860,"sku":"ddmedium-Coyote Brown","price":35.54,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksTarpMinuse-olivegreen.webp?v=1739712895"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-small","title":"DD Tarp Small","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp Small 450g Polyester Solo Bivvy Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp Small weighs 450g and provides the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but uses heavier 190T polyester fabric. This 4.2 square metre tarp provides coverage for solo ground bivvy camping, day shelters, tent porch extensions, or groundsheets. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green or Coyote Brown.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Not recommended for hammock camping due to small size. Designed for ground bivvy camping and day shelters only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Small Solo Tarp Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20D ripstop nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight bivvy, lightest option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m x 2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Small (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.9m x 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo hammock or bivvy, most coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small has the same dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but uses heavier polyester fabric. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e is the most compact square shape. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e provides the most coverage and works for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Same Dimensions as Superlight but Heavier Fabric\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small has the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e, providing 4.2 square metres of coverage. The difference is the fabric - the Tarp Small uses 190T polyester (450g) while the Superlight uses 20D ripstop nylon (260g). The heavier polyester fabric is the same material used across the standard DD tarp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier polyester fabric over ultralight nylon. The polyester fabric is the same proven material used in the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e, and other standard tarps. Choose the Superlight if you prioritize minimum weight (190g lighter).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Weight 450g with Polyester Fabric\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small weighs 450g excluding pegs and guy lines. The total system weight including 4 pegs and guy lines is approximately 550g. This is 190g heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g) due to the heavier polyester fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 190T polyester fabric with 3000mm waterproof PU coating is the same material used across the standard DD tarp range. The heavier fabric provides the same waterproof protection as ultralight nylon without requiring as much care to avoid punctures from sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Size 2.8m x 1.5m for Solo Bivvy Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions provide 4.2 square metres of coverage, adequate for one person and gear in ground bivvy camping. The 2.8 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with space for a pack. The 1.5 metre width covers a sleeping mat with minimal overhang on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small size is too limited for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (2.9m x 3m, 8.7 square metres) which provides proper hammock coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small for Ground Bivvy Day Shelters Tent Extensions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small works well for ground bivvy camping where you sleep directly on the ground under a tarp without a tent. The 4.2 square metres provides coverage for one person and gear in lean-to or A-frame configurations. The tarp also works as a day shelter for lunch stops and rest breaks on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tarp can serve as a tent porch extension, creating additional covered space outside your tent entrance for cooking or gear storage. The tarp also works as a groundsheet, providing a waterproof barrier between your sleeping mat and the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Available in Olive Green or Coyote Brown\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Both colours are available at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small 19 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline) provide setup versatility despite the small size. The attachment points enable lean-to, A-frame, and other configurations suited for ground bivvy camping and day shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.8 metres x 1.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.2 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 450g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal System Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 550g with 4 pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Recommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e - Hammock camping (too small)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp Small Over Other Small Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small when you want the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions as the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e but prefer heavier polyester fabric. The 190T polyester is the same proven material used across the standard DD tarp range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small when you want a solo bivvy tarp at a lower price point than the Superlight. The Tarp Small costs less while providing the same coverage with heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g) if you prioritize minimum weight. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e (460g) for a compact square shape. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (790g) for hammock camping or more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003eguy lines and stakes\u003c\/a\u003e for securing the tarp. Use DD Cord or Amsteel Rope for ridgelines in lean-to or A-frame setups. For bivvy camping, combine with a bivvy bag or sleeping bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m size (4.2 square metres) is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e which provides proper coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 450g weight is 190g heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp Small 260g ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-small\"\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (260g). If you prioritize minimum weight for ultralight bivvy camping, the Superlight provides the same coverage at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe small coverage is adequate for solo bivvy camping but feels tight compared to larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long-term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Tarp Small makes sense versus other small tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Tarp Small, Superlight Tarp Small, Tarp 2x2, or Tarp Medium? Need advice on solo bivvy camping? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp Small Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Tarp Small compare to the Superlight Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth have the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions (4.2 square metres). The Tarp Small weighs 450g using 190T polyester. The Superlight weighs 260g using 20D ripstop nylon. Choose the Tarp Small for heavier polyester fabric at lower price, or the Superlight for minimum weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Tarp Small for hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the 2.8m x 1.5m size is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. Choose the Tarp Medium (2.9m x 3m) for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Tarp Small best used for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small works best for ground bivvy camping, day shelters, tent porch extensions, or as a groundsheet. The 4.2 square metres provides adequate coverage for solo use in these configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Both colours are available at the same price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp include pegs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Tarp Small includes 4 pegs and guy lines in a separate bag, plus a stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines separately for lean-to or A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the Tarp Small over the Superlight Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier 190T polyester fabric (the same material used across the standard DD tarp range) or want a lower price point. Choose the Superlight if you prioritize minimum weight (190g lighter).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Tarp Small compare to the Tarp 2x2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small provides 4.2 square metres (2.8m x 1.5m) and weighs 450g. The Tarp 2x2 provides 4 square metres (2m x 2m) and weighs 460g. Choose the Tarp Small for slightly more coverage, or the 2x2 for a compact square shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat material is the Tarp Small made from?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Tarp Small uses 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating and taped central seam. This is the same proven material used in the 3x3, 4x4, and other standard DD tarps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233264365668,"sku":"ddsmall-Olive Green","price":32.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233264332900,"sku":"ddsmall-Coyote Brown","price":32.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKSTARPSINUSE-OLIVEGREEN.webp?v=1739711652"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-tarp-small","title":"DD Superlight Tarp Small","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 260g Ultralight Solo Bivvy Tarp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Tarp Small weighs only 260g, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range. This 2.8m x 1.5m ultralight tarp provides 4.2 square metres of coverage for solo ground bivvy camping, day shelters, or groundsheets. Made from 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating and 3000mm waterproof rating. Available in Olive Green only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: Not recommended for hammock camping due to small size. Designed for ground bivvy camping and day shelters only.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Small Solo Tarp Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuperlight Tarp Small (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20D ripstop nylon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight bivvy, lightest option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2m x 2m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8m x 1.5m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.2 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo bivvy, heavier fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.9m x 3m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7 sq m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190T polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo hammock or bivvy, most coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small is the lightest option at 260g. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e has the same dimensions but uses heavier polyester fabric. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e is the most compact. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e provides the most coverage and works for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Weight 260g Lightest DD Tarp\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small weighs only 260g excluding pegs and guy lines, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range. The total system weight including 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines is approximately 350g. This ultralight weight makes it suitable for ultralight bivvy camping, day hikes where you want emergency shelter, or as a groundsheet that fits in a jacket pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon construction with silicone coating provides the weight savings while maintaining 3000mm waterproof protection. The fabric packs down incredibly small, lighter and more compact than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g) which has the same dimensions but uses heavier polyester.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Size 2.8m x 1.5m for Solo Bivvy Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions provide 4.2 square metres of coverage, adequate for one person and gear in ground bivvy camping. The 2.8 metre length provides coverage from head to foot with space for a pack. The 1.5 metre width covers a sleeping mat with minimal overhang on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small size is too limited for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (2.9m x 3m, 8.7 square metres) which provides proper hammock coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small for Ground Bivvy Camping and Day Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small works well for ground bivvy camping where you sleep directly on the ground under a tarp without a tent. The 4.2 square metres provides coverage for one person and gear in lean-to or A-frame configurations. The ultralight weight makes it practical for minimalist camping where you want the lightest possible shelter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp also works as a day shelter for lunch stops and rest breaks on the trail. The quick setup and tiny pack size make it convenient for emergency shelter during day hikes. The tarp can also serve as a groundsheet, providing a waterproof barrier between your sleeping mat and the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 20D Ripstop Nylon Lighter and Packs Smaller\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric provides significant weight savings compared to the 190T polyester used in the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g). The ripstop construction prevents small tears from spreading. The silicone coating provides 3000mm waterproof protection while remaining lighter than PU coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D fabric packs down to a smaller size than heavier polyester tarps, fitting in jacket pockets. The fabric is also less prone to folding damage over time compared to polyester, making it better suited for regular packing and unpacking. The lighter fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small 19 Attachment Points\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19 reinforced attachment points (16 around sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline) provide setup versatility despite the small size. The attachment points enable lean-to, A-frame, and other configurations suited for ground bivvy camping and day shelters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 2.8 metres x 1.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4.2 square metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 260g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal System Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Approximately 350g with 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 20D ripstop nylon with silicone coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3000mm hydrostatic head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Recommended For\u003c\/strong\u003e - Hammock camping (too small)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Superlight Tarp Small Over Other Small Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp Small when you prioritize absolute minimum weight for ultralight bivvy camping. The 260g weight is the lightest option in the DD range, suitable for minimalist camping where every gram matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight Tarp Small when you want a tarp that fits in a jacket pocket for emergency shelter during day hikes. The tiny pack size makes it convenient to carry without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Small, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-small\"\u003eTarp Small\u003c\/a\u003e (440g, same dimensions) if you prefer heavier polyester fabric. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 2x2, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-2x2\"\u003eTarp 2x2\u003c\/a\u003e (460g, 4 square metres) for the most compact square shape. Choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e (790g, 8.7 square metres) for hammock camping or when you want more coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with ultralight \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003eguy lines and stakes\u003c\/a\u003e for securing the tarp. Use DD Cord or Amsteel Rope for ridgelines in lean-to or A-frame setups. For bivvy camping, combine with a bivvy bag or ultralight sleeping bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2.8m x 1.5m size (4.2 square metres) is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. For hammock camping, choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp Medium, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-medium\"\u003eTarp Medium\u003c\/a\u003e which provides proper coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp rocks and sticks compared to heavier polyester tarps. Clear your camping area thoroughly before setup and handle the tarp carefully to avoid snagging the fabric on sharp objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small coverage is adequate for solo bivvy camping but feels tight compared to larger tarps. Taller users or those carrying extensive gear may find the coverage insufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandle the tarp carefully during setup and takedown to avoid snagging the 20D fabric on sharp objects. Clear your camping area of rocks, sticks, and anything that could puncture the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the tarp to dry completely before packing for long-term storage. The silicone coating resists mildew better than PU coatings, but moisture can still cause problems if stored wet. Store the tarp loosely in its stuff sack rather than compressed tightly for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the tarp regularly for small tears or punctures. Repair damage promptly using silicone-based repair tape or patches designed for silicone-coated fabrics. Standard PU-based repair tape does not adhere well to silicone coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Superlight Tarp Small makes sense versus other small tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Superlight Tarp Small, Tarp Small, Tarp 2x2, or Tarp Medium? Need advice on ultralight bivvy camping? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Tarp Small Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the Superlight Tarp Small weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tarp weighs 260g excluding pegs and guy lines. The total system weight including 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines is approximately 350g, making it the lightest tarp in the DD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Superlight Tarp Small for hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the 2.8m x 1.5m size is too small for hammock camping. The 1.5 metre width does not provide adequate coverage on each side of a hammock. Choose the Tarp Medium (2.9m x 3m) for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Superlight Tarp Small compare to the Tarp Small?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth have the same 2.8m x 1.5m dimensions. The Superlight weighs 260g using 20D ripstop nylon. The Tarp Small weighs 440g using heavier 190T polyester. Choose the Superlight for minimum weight, or the Tarp Small if you prefer heavier fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Superlight Tarp Small best used for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small works best for ultralight ground bivvy camping, day shelters, emergency shelter during day hikes, or as a groundsheet. The 260g weight and tiny pack size make it suitable for minimalist camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the tarp include pegs?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Superlight Tarp Small includes 4 Superlight pegs and guy lines, plus a stuff sack. You must purchase ridgelines separately for lean-to or A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the Superlight Tarp Small over the Tarp 2x2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Tarp Small weighs 260g compared to 460g for the Tarp 2x2. The Superlight provides slightly more coverage (4.2 vs 4 square metres) at lower weight. Choose the 2x2 if you prefer a square shape or heavier polyester fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the Superlight Tarp Small fit in a jacket pocket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the tiny pack size allows it to fit in jacket pockets, making it convenient for emergency shelter during day hikes without taking up valuable pack space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the advantages of 20D ripstop nylon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20D ripstop nylon is lighter, packs down smaller, and is less prone to folding damage over time compared to 190T polyester. The fabric requires more care to avoid punctures from sharp objects, but provides the same waterproof protection at significantly lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233269706852,"sku":"superlightsmall","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKSsuperlighttarpsinuse5.webp?v=1739648842"},{"product_id":"dd-hiking-pole","title":"DD Hiking Pole","description":"\u003cdiv\u003ePerfect for days up in the hills, this collapsible pole extends to 135cm and easily doubles up as a support for your tarp.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003eA comfortable handgrip and wrist strap make it a helpful companion for you when the trail gets tough. A removable trekking basket and tip protector means you can also fix it into the ground to use as a tarp prop, without any sharp ends to worry about.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e2 twist-locks give the pole plenty of adjustable height: support a tarp-tent from beneath, or use it as a peg-out point when trees are scarce.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cspan\u003eEnsure sections are locked before using to support any weight\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"ltr\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 135cm Height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 255g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: 1 x pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoulded hand grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable wrist strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 collapsible sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrekking basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip protector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCollapsed size: 67cm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233338814564,"sku":"DDpole","price":15.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hiking-pole-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25373053.jpg?v=1599768297"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-suspension-systems","title":"DD Hammock Suspension Systems","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Complete Whoopie Suspension System makes a quick and easy job of setting up any DD hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing the Whoopie Suspension System means that you can alter the hang of your hammock in seconds, without unwrapping any webbing from the tree. The bark-friendly Tree Huggers grip the tree and allow you to clip your whoopie slings to its loops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eSystem Includes:\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1.8m Whoopie Slings in super-strength 2.5mm Amsteel rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 2m Tree Huggers - bark-friendly straps allowing the whoopie slings to be connected safely to the tree\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Climbing Karabiners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD Whoopie Slings:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA pair of DD Hammocks ready-made Whoopie Slings provide the lightest and most compact suspension for your hammock. Upgrade your hammock webbing to these high-strength slings to make it even easier to alter the height and angle of your hang.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eA fantastic modification for anyone looking to reduce the pack weight of their hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1.8m Whoopie Slings in 2.5mm Amsteel rope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with all DD hammocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Limit: 125kg \/ 19.6 Stone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvoid direct contact with trees\u003c\/strong\u003e: this can damage the tree. We recommend connecting your slings to trees using the Tree Hugger straps. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHammock \/ Climbing Karabiners:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese light and super-strong karabiners, made by UK climbing specialists DMM, are perfect for your hammock suspension system. In fact, they can be safely and securely put to a whole host of camping uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 9.5cm x 6cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Dark Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 35g (each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDD Tree Huggers:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDesigned to grip but not damage trees, the DD Hammocks Tree Hugger straps are wrapped around the tree as many times as required and have two end loops onto which you can clip your whoopie slings.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular (2m long x 2cm wide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXL (3m long x 4cm wide)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Limit: 125kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: Regular 54g, XL 120g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Regular Tree Huggers","offer_id":29448044249199,"sku":"ddsuspension-DD Complete Whoopie Suspension System-1","price":36.92,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"XL Tree Huggers","offer_id":29448239972463,"sku":"ddsuspension-DD Complete Whoopie Suspension System-2","price":38.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammock-suspension-systems-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372815.jpg?v=1599768206"},{"product_id":"dd-chill-out-hammocks","title":"DD Chill Out Hammock 530g Leisure Camping and Garden Relaxation","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Chill Out Hammock 530g Leisure Camping and Garden Relaxation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy comfortable outdoor relaxation with the DD Chill Out Hammock, designed for leisure campers, garden enthusiasts, and outdoor adventurers who prioritize comfort over ultralight specifications. This 530g leisure hammock features easy setup and comfortable ripstop nylon construction, making it perfect for car camping, festivals, garden use, and casual outdoor adventures where relaxation is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLeisure Hammock Design and Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Chill Out Hammock delivers comfortable outdoor relaxation through thoughtful design:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e530g Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e - Balanced comfort and portability for leisure use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRipstop Nylon Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Durable fabric for extended relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Setup System\u003c\/strong\u003e - Quick deployment for immediate comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Optimized for lounging and relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Stuff Sack\u003c\/strong\u003e - Easy storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Colours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Electric Blue, Sunset Orange, Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAvailable Colours for Different Environments\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eElectric Blue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beach camping and lakeside relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bright colour for easy location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern and vibrant outdoor aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Festival camping and garden use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVisibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e High visibility for safety\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Warm and inviting colour choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Woodland camping and natural settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiscretion:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blends with natural environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Classic outdoor colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications for Leisure Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 530g - comfortable balance of weight and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ripstop nylon construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetup:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy suspension system for quick deployment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compact stuff sack for transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Leisure camping and garden relaxation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric Blue, Sunset Orange, Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e DD Hammocks quality construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Hammock Camping Equipment and Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eComplete your hammock relaxation setup with compatible equipment from \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Camping Equipment Tarps Suspension Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Guide Equipment Setup Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003eHammock Camping\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Hammock Camping Equipment Tarps Suspension Accessories Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-camping\"\u003eHammock Camping Equipment\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca title=\"Camping Hammocks Leisure Outdoor Relaxation Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003eCamping Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca title=\"Camping Tarps Weather Protection Outdoor Shelter Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003eCamping Tarps\u003c\/a\u003e:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLeisure Camping and Garden Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis DD Chill Out Hammock excels in various relaxation scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGarden Relaxation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfect for backyard lounging and reading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCar Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable setup at established campsites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFestival Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easy relaxation between events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeach and Lakeside:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable lounging near water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCasual Wild Camping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Relaxation during day trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutdoor Events:\u003c\/strong\u003e Portable comfort for gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy Choose DD Hammocks for Leisure?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks has been creating outdoor relaxation solutions since 2008, focusing on comfort and reliability for outdoor enthusiasts. The Chill Out Hammock represents their commitment to accessible outdoor comfort, providing quality construction without the complexity of technical features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat Makes This Leisure Hammock Special?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike technical camping hammocks, the DD Chill Out focuses purely on comfort and ease of use. The ripstop nylon construction provides durability for regular use, while the straightforward setup system makes it accessible for users of all experience levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow Easy Is the Setup Process?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Chill Out Hammock features a simple suspension system that sets up quickly between trees or anchor points. The easy deployment makes it perfect for spontaneous relaxation without complex adjustments or technical knowledge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich Colour Should I Choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColour choice depends on your primary use environment. Electric Blue suits beach and lakeside use, Sunset Orange works well for festivals and high-visibility applications, while Olive Green blends naturally in woodland and garden settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I Need Additional Suspension Equipment?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hammock works with basic suspension systems, but consider adding DD Tree Huggers for tree protection and DD Whoopie Suspension for adjustable setup. These accessories enhance the relaxation experience and protect natural anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service from Wylie's Outdoor World\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear Equipment Hammock Camping Relaxation Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie Hammock Camping Expert Outdoor Equipment Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with hammock systems and can provide guidance on choosing the right hammock for your relaxation needs. Whether you're planning garden use or leisure camping, we're here to help you choose comfortable solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHave questions about hammock setup or need advice on compatible accessories? \u003ca title=\"Contact Hammock Camping Experts Outdoor Equipment Wylie's Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for personalized recommendations based on your specific relaxation and outdoor comfort needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Electric Blue","offer_id":20233392947300,"sku":"chillham-Electric Blue","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233392980068,"sku":"chillham-Sunset Orange","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233393012836,"sku":"chillham-Olive Green","price":35.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksChilloutHammockinuse.webp?v=1739984131"},{"product_id":"dd-frontline-hammock","title":"DD Frontline Hammock 850g Double Layer Mosquito Net All Season","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 850g Double Layer Mosquito Net UK Wild Camping Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks complete range tarps hammocks accessories, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Frontline Hammock weighs 850g and provides all season camping comfort with built in ultra fine mosquito net. This 2.7m x 1.4m double layer hammock accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" and 125kg, making it the most popular choice for UK \u003ca title=\"hammock camping guide setup instructions equipment advice, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e adventures across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe double layer construction allows sleeping mats or underblanket insertion for winter camping, while the breathable design keeps you cool in summer. The ultra fine mosquito net protects against Scottish midges and insects, with flexible setup options including zipped closed, rolled back, or hammock flipped for open lounging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 850g Weight Double Layer Construction Winter Insulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 850g weight includes the hammock, built in mosquito net, 60cm spreader poles, and elastic cord. This makes the Frontline Hammock heavier than the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g single layer 100kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e (620g single layer) but provides the double layer construction that accommodates insulation for cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands and UK mountains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe double layer design separates into a breathable base layer and top layer with velcro closure. Insert a partially inflated sleeping mat between layers for added insulation, or attach an underblanket using the 4 corner tabs for comprehensive underside warmth in winter conditions down to minus 5°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 2.7m x 1.4m Size Comfortable Users Up To 6ft 5\"\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions accommodate users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) comfortably. This standard size works for most adults, providing adequate length for diagonal sleeping position that creates a flatter lay compared to lying straight along the hammock length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor taller users or those wanting extra space, the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock King Size 1250g 3.2m 1.7m 125kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock King Size\u003c\/a\u003e measures 3.2m x 1.7m and weighs 1250g. For children, the \u003ca title=\"DD Junior Frontline Hammock 750g 1.9m 1.1m kids 4ft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-junior-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Junior Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e at 1.9m x 1.1m suits users up to 4ft (120cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Built In Mosquito Net Ultra Fine Mesh Scottish Midges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe permanently attached mosquito net uses ultra fine mesh that blocks Scottish midges, mosquitoes, and small insects. The net suspends on two 60cm spreader poles with elastic cord, creating interior space that prevents the mesh from touching your face during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mosquito net features double sided zippers for easy entry from either side. Zip the net fully closed for complete bug protection during Scottish Highland camping, roll it back and secure on the spreader poles for open lounging, or flip the entire hammock upside down to lie on the netting side for an open setup without removing the net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 125kg Weight Capacity Ripstop Nylon Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 125kg (19.7 stone) weight capacity accommodates most adults safely. The ripstop nylon construction prevents small tears from spreading, important for long term durability during regular wild camping and bushcraft activities. The fabric withstands regular packing and unpacking without degrading, making it suitable for frequent camping trips across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Recycled Frontline Hammock 910g 258 recycled bottles, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-recycled-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Recycled Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e uses the same 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions and 125kg capacity but constructs the main body from approximately 258 recycled plastic bottles, weighing 910g compared to the standard 850g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Available Colours Olive Green Coyote Brown Multicam Black Sunset Orange Forrest Green\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eOlive Green DD Frontline Hammock UK Woodland Wild Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings throughout Scotland, Wales, and England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCoyote Brown DD Frontline Hammock Moorland Autumn Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWorks well in open moorland and autumn camping across Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys. Versatile earth tone that suits varied terrain types across UK landscapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eMulticam DD Frontline Hammock Bushcraft Concealment Pattern\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMulti terrain camouflage pattern for bushcraft and concealment. Works across varied UK landscapes from woodland to moorland for wild camping discretion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eBlack DD Frontline Hammock Urban Camping General Outdoor\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid colour for urban camping and general outdoor use. Practical choice that hides dirt and wear from regular use during frequent camping trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSunset Orange DD Frontline Hammock High Visibility Safety Remote Areas\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eHigh visibility colour for safety in remote areas. Makes location easier to find in emergency situations while camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eForrest Green DD Frontline Hammock Woodland Wild Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeep green shade for woodland camping. Blends naturally into UK forest environments for wild camping discretion across Scotland and Wales.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Setup Instructions 10m Webbing Included Tree Attachment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock includes 10m of webbing (5m each end) pre fitted for immediate setup. The webbing wraps around trees and connects to the hammock ends, providing basic suspension without additional equipment purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Find two healthy trees 15 to 20cm diameter, spaced 3 to 5 metres apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 2:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wrap the pre fitted webbing around each tree at chest height, securing with the provided attachment method.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Insert the two 60cm spreader poles into the mosquito net sleeves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 4:\u003c\/strong\u003e Attach the elastic cord to suspend the mosquito net away from the hammock body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStep 5:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjust webbing tension to create a slight banana curve in the hammock for optimal comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAverage setup time: 5 to 8 minutes with practice. For easier adjustment and faster setup, upgrade to \u003ca title=\"DD Whoopie Slings 7 64 Amsteel infinite adjustment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-whoopie-slings\"\u003eDD Whoopie Slings\u003c\/a\u003e which provide infinite adjustability and quicker deployment. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tree Huggers polyester tree protection 1.5m straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e protect tree bark from damage while providing secure attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Requires Tarp Rain Protection UK Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock is not waterproof and requires a tarp for rain protection during UK camping. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 9 square metres 3000mm waterproof 790g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e provides excellent coverage for solo camping with 9 square metres of protection. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4 16 square metres 3000mm waterproof 1020g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003eDD Tarp 4x4\u003c\/a\u003e offers 16 square metres for extended stays or group camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor ultralight backpacking, the \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g 8.7 square metres ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 510g and provides 8.7 square metres of coverage. Browse our complete \u003ca title=\"camping tarps 3000mm waterproof DD Hammocks range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003ecamping tarps\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all DD tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock 4 Internal Pockets 2 Hanging Loops Storage Organisation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 internal pockets (one in each corner) store small items like torches, phones, glasses, and snacks within easy reach during the night. The 2 hanging loops suspend additional items or provide attachment points for accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 4 base tabs on each corner serve multiple purposes: peg out the hammock for ground dwelling use, suspend equipment underneath, or attach an underblanket for winter camping insulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock All Season UK Camping Summer Winter Spring Autumn\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSummer Camping Above 10°C UK Conditions\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe breathable double layer design keeps you cool while the mosquito net provides complete bug protection against Scottish midges and insects. No additional insulation needed for UK summer conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eSpring and Autumn 5°C to 15°C Shoulder Season\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eInsert a sleeping mat between the double layers for added insulation. The \u003ca title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag 210cm minus 2C rating 1100g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-jura-2-sleeping-bag\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e rated to minus 2°C works well for shoulder season camping across Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWinter Camping Below 5°C Scottish Highlands Welsh Valleys\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the \u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Quilt 125kg rated top insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-quilt\"\u003eDD Hammock Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e with \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket 125kg rated bottom insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e for comprehensive top and bottom insulation down to minus 5°C. Browse our \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts underblankets minus 5C winter insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts and underblankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all insulation options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Comparison Other Frontline Variations Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/strong\u003e (This Product)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost versatile all season camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Superlight Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight backpacking thru hiking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Frontline King Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2m x 1.7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller users extra comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Recycled Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer recycled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco conscious campers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDD Junior Frontline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9m x 1.1m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChildren up to 4ft (120cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Technical Specifications Complete Details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m (flat dimensions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 850g (hammock, net, poles, cord)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125kg (19.7 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double layer ripstop nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra fine mesh, built in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm foldable poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWebbing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10m (5m each end) pre fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets, 2 hanging loops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 base tabs for pegging or underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double sided for easy entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Multicam, Black, Sunset Orange, Forrest Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock, mosquito net, spreader poles, elastic cord, webbing, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Frontline Hammock Camping Setup Equipment Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete hammock camping system with compatible equipment from our \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks DD Frontline Hennessy bushcraft range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e range and \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories whoopie slings tree straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all attachment and setup options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Advice Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"outdoor gear camping equipment Fife Scotland specialists, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie 10 years DD Hammocks field testing, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real world knowledge of how the Frontline Hammock performs across all seasons in Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and UK woodland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Frontline variations, selecting the right tarp size, or building a complete hammock camping setup? \u003ca title=\"Contact outdoor equipment advice Fife Scotland UK, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Frontline Hammock Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the DD Frontline Hammock the most popular choice for UK camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe combination of double layer construction for all season use, built in mosquito net, 850g weight, and value pricing provides the best balance of features. The 2.7m x 1.4m size accommodates most adults comfortably up to 6ft 5\" for wild camping and bushcraft across UK terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to the DD Superlight Frontline Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard Frontline weighs 850g with double layer construction that accommodates insulation for winter camping. The Superlight Frontline weighs 620g with single layer construction, better for ultralight backpacking but requires external insulation for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy a tarp separately for UK weather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this hammock is not waterproof. The DD Tarp 3x3 provides excellent coverage for solo camping with 9 square metres of protection against UK rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work for winter camping in Scottish Highlands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the double layer design accommodates sleeping mats or underblankets for winter insulation. Combine a hammock quilt with underblanket for comprehensive warmth down to minus 5°C in Scottish Highlands and Welsh valleys.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the mosquito net keep out Scottish midges?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the ultra fine mesh blocks Scottish midges, mosquitoes, and small insects. The net can be zipped closed for complete bug protection or rolled back when insects are not present.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat suspension system comes with this hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammock includes 10m of webbing (5m each end) pre fitted for basic setup. Upgrade to DD Whoopie Slings for easier adjustment and faster deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow tall can I be to use this hammock comfortably?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 2.7m length accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) comfortably. Taller users should consider the DD Frontline Hammock King Size at 3.2m x 1.7m.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between this and the DD Recycled Frontline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Recycled Frontline uses the same 2.7m x 1.4m dimensions and features but constructs the main body from approximately 258 recycled plastic bottles, weighing 910g compared to 850g.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233402024036,"sku":"987986587","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233401892964,"sku":"9879865878","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":20233401827428,"sku":"9879865872","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunset Orange","offer_id":20233401925732,"sku":"9879865872","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54949808931202,"sku":"98798658799","price":40.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Winter Multicam","offer_id":56028974186882,"sku":null,"price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233402089572,"sku":"9879865874","price":48.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DD_Hammocks_Frontline_hammock_in_use_-_coyote_brown_2.webp?v=1751968351"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-sleeves","title":"DD Hammock Sleeves","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Hammock Sleeve not only keeps your hammock dry when not in use, but also makes it a lot easier to roll up and pack away into your rucksack.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhether you've left your hammock in the woods or in your garden, the DD Hammock Sleeve lets you protect it from wet weather while you head out to explore the wild.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD Hammock Sleeve is very lightweight so makes it easy to store in your rucksack and with the added bonus of adding little extra weight to carry, will keep any range of the DD Hammocks dry and ready to use. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eNot to be used for DD XL Frontline Hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Size 2.8 m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproof cover for all regular DD hammocks (not XL Frontline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawcord at each end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy roll-up and storage of your hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 150 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20233592143972,"sku":"ddsleeve-Olive Green","price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":20233592111204,"sku":"ddsleeve-Coyote Brown","price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233592209508,"sku":"ddsleeve-Multicam","price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammock-sleeves-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372792.jpg?v=1599768193"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-beer-holder-accessory","title":"DD Hammock Beer Holder Accessory","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DD Beer holder allows you to relax in complete comfort and not have to worry about storing your drink when you have settled in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pouch will fit any standard soft drink or beer can, a bottle of beer and the new DD Thermal Water Bottle. Designed to be hung from the side loops on the DD Frontline, Travel and SuperLight Jungle hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: Holds most cans and bottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 10g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Beer holder and attachment cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact, ultra-lightweight pouch suitable for standard cans or our own Thermal Water Bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 eyelets with guy line attached, to fasten to your hammock's side loops (suitable for DD Frontline, Travel and SuperLight Jungle hammocks)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233601024100,"sku":"beerdd","price":3.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammock-beer-holder-accessory-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372774.jpg?v=1751968445"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-hanging-pocket-accessory","title":"DD Hammock Hanging Pocket Accessory","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eA useful feature already included with our SuperLight Jungle Hammock, and now available on its own.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis hanging pocket has 3 mesh compartments, and is designed to be suspended from the hanging loops inside your hammock's mosquito net to store small valuables above you. It can also be moved along the guy line provided and out of the way as you sit up.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233610952804,"sku":"ddhanger","price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammock-hanging-pocket-accessory-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25373047.jpg?v=1599768156"},{"product_id":"dd-compression-sack","title":"DD Compression Sack Waterproof Hammock or Tarp Storage","description":"Suitable for packing and storing any of our tarps or hammocks (or both at once), the DD Compression Sack provides 6L of waterproof protection for any gear you wish.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"product-tabs\" class=\"tabs\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote: \u003c\/strong\u003eNot suitable for submerging underwater, the DD Compression Sack is a not dry-bag and will only protect its contents in wet and damp conditions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tabs\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tabs\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"tabs\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv id=\"product-overview\" class=\"open\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 45cm x 25cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 65g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Compression Sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eBag made from 100% waterproof PU-coated polyester – just like our standard tarps\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAdjustable compression straps – pack your items down as small as possible\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eDraw-cord to close the top\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo preserve the strength of the material, avoid folding along the same lines too frequently (change after 10 times)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry, dark place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways ensure your gear (including any cordage) is completely dry before storing away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to extreme temperatures (above 40C and below -15C), and keep your gear at least a 2m distance from flames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash. Clean carefully \u003cstrong\u003eby hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e, using lukewarm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProlonged exposure to strong UV light can cause the material to weaken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233614426212,"sku":"ddcompression","price":7.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-compression-sack-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372672.jpg?v=1599768010"},{"product_id":"dd-waterproof-stuff-sacks-x3","title":"DD Waterproof Stuff Sacks x3","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Waterproof Stuff Sacks Pack of 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree 7-litre waterproof stuff sacks for keeping gear dry in wet conditions. Made from PU-coated polyester with drawcord closures. Hang from hammock suspension or use inside your backpack to separate clothing and food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are water-resistant stuff sacks, not submersible dry bags. They protect contents from rain and damp conditions but are not designed for underwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 3 stuff sacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 7 litres each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 100% waterproof PU-coated polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosure: Drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 90g total (30g per sack)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparating clean and dirty clothing in backpacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtecting food from moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging from hammock suspension for easy access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganising camping gear by category\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eRelated Products\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShop more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks at Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e or browse all our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear at Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eoutdoor gear\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor fully waterproof submersible storage, view our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dry-bags\" title=\"Dry Bags at Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003edry bags collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233620324452,"sku":"ddstuff","price":9.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDWaterproofStuffSacksx3.webp?v=1760016711"},{"product_id":"dd-canopy-for-superlight-jungle-hammock","title":"DD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eCompatible with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-super-light-jungle-hammock\" title=\"DD Superlight Jungle Hammock\"\u003eDD SuperLight Jungle Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e, this extra layer can be used to add either overhead rain protection or a ground sheet, depending on what you're already using your existing detachable Jungle Hammock layer for.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePlace the DD Canopy for Superlight Jungle Hammock over the mosquito net of your Jungle Hammock for reliable rain protection. Alternatively, the canopy is great as a small rest shelter to be deployed quickly on a hike, or even as a ground sheet for picnics.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e not suitable for use as a hammock tarp instead, it is recommended to use the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD 3x3 Tarp\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp-xl-olive-green\" title=\"DD Superlight Tarp\"\u003eDD SuperLight Tarp.\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 3m x 1.4m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 220g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Canopy for Jungle Hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 tough, reinforced attachment points – similar to those on our tarps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 velcro patches to attach to the Jungle Hammock's base layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawcords at either end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% waterproof PU-coated ripstop nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo preserve the strength of the material, avoid folding along the same lines too frequently (change after 10 times)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry, dark place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways ensure your gear (including any cordage) is completely dry before storing away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to extreme temperatures (above 40C and below -15C), and keep your gear at least a 2m distance from flames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash. Clean carefully \u003cstrong\u003eby hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e, using lukewarm water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProlonged exposure to strong UV light can cause the material to weaken \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233627369572,"sku":"ddcanopy","price":33.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-canopy-for-superlight-jungle-hammock-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372620.jpg?v=1599767964"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-poles-x2","title":"DD Hammock Poles x2","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA spare set of the custom net poles designed for, and compatible with, the DD Travel and DD Frontline hammocks (models from 2012 onwards). Use these lightweight poles as usual to suspend the mosquito net and create plenty of space inside your hammock.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"font-s\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These poles are not compatible with Travel and Frontline hammocks purchased before 2012.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 x fibreglass foldable poles – lightweight and packable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"40cm","offer_id":31385260261487,"sku":"ddpoles-40","price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"60cm","offer_id":31385260294255,"sku":"ddpoles-60","price":5.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-hammock-poles-x2-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372779.jpg?v=1599768162"},{"product_id":"dd-jungle-hammock-poles-x2","title":"DD Jungle Hammock Poles x2","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eA spare set of the custom curved spreader poles designed for, and compatible with, the DD SuperLight Jungle Hammock and the DD XL Frontline hammock. Use them as usual to suspend the mosquito net and create plenty of space inside your hammock.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e2 x aluminium foldable curved poles, each section roughly 40cm long\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233648078948,"sku":"ddjunglepole","price":18.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-jungle-hammock-poles-x2-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25373074.jpg?v=1599768317"},{"product_id":"dd-underblanket","title":"DD Hammock Underblanket","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Underblanket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Underblanket provides insulation for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e in temperatures down to -5°C. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Insulation Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e attaches beneath your hammock to prevent heat loss from below during cold weather camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInsulation System for Cold Weather Hammock Camping\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Underblanket uses synthetic insulation to create a thermal barrier beneath your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\" title=\"Camping Hammocks - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ecamping hammock\u003c\/a\u003e. Eight pre-fitted elastic cords with DD Mini Karabiners attach the underblanket to your hammock's attachment points, creating an insulation layer that moves with you during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis underblanket fits all \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e produced since 2012 and adjusts to fit other hammock brands. The ripstop nylon construction with water-resistant coating provides durability for outdoor use across UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature rating: Down to -5°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 950g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Ripstop nylon with water-resistant coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment: 8 pre-fitted elastic cords with DD Mini Karabiners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: All DD Hammocks since 2012, adjustable for other brands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePacked size: Compact stuff sack included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Winter System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Underblanket with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e products for comprehensive cold weather protection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRecommended DD Hammocks Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season camping hammock with mosquito net\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-quilt\" title=\"DD Hammock Quilt - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammock Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e - Top insulation for complete thermal protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-jura-2-sleeping-bag\" title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Hammock-specific sleeping bag design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e - Weather protection for hammock camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDD Hammocks Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Whoopie Suspension Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Adjustable hammock suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-xl-sleeve\" title=\"DD XL Sleeve - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD XL Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e - Storage and deployment system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetup and Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Underblanket attaches using eight elastic cords that connect to your hammock's attachment points. The system works with the four corner tabs found on all \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and can be adapted for other hammock brands using the adjustable cord system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor quick deployment of your complete hammock system, consider the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-xl-sleeve\" title=\"DD XL Sleeve - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD XL Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e which allows you to pack your hammock, underblanket, and accessories together for rapid setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWinter Hammock Camping Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis underblanket enables \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e during UK winter conditions across Scottish Highlands, Welsh mountains, and English countryside. The -5°C rating covers most UK winter camping scenarios when combined with appropriate sleeping bags and clothing layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe underblanket works for winter hiking, bushcraft activities, cold weather training, and extended outdoor education programmes where hammock camping provides advantages over ground-based shelter systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammock Insulation Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Insulation Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock insulation collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional cold-weather options, including quilts, sleeping bag liners, and thermal accessories designed specifically for hammock camping systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with hammock camping systems and can provide guidance on insulation selection and setup. For advice on winter hammock camping and thermal management, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help ensure you stay warm during your outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the DD Underblanket attach to my hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe underblanket uses eight pre-fitted elastic cords with DD Mini Karabiners that attach to your hammock's corner tabs and side attachment points. All DD Hammocks since 2012 have these attachment points built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this work with non-DD hammocks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the adjustable elastic cord system can be adapted to work with other hammock brands. You may need to create attachment points or use the cords differently depending on your hammock design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating does this provide?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Underblanket is rated for use down to -5°C when combined with appropriate sleeping bags and clothing. This covers most UK winter camping conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the underblanket weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Underblanket weighs 950g including the stuff sack and attachment hardware. This makes it suitable for backpacking and hiking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a sleeping bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the underblanket works with any sleeping bag and provides insulation from below while your sleeping bag provides top and side insulation. For hammock-specific designs, consider the DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I pack the underblanket for transport?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe underblanket compresses into the included stuff sack. For integrated packing with your complete hammock system, the DD XL Sleeve allows you to pack hammock, underblanket, and accessories together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":23214159003748,"sku":"ddunderblanketgreen","price":50.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":32156571402351,"sku":"","price":50.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20233665085540,"sku":"ddblanketMC","price":54.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksUnderBlanket-OliveGreeninstuffsack.webp?v=1738170390"},{"product_id":"dd-hammock-quilt","title":"DD Hammock Quilt","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Hammocks Quilt\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Quilt provides top insulation for \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e from spring through autumn, with comfort ratings down to 2°C. This \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Insulation Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock quilt\u003c\/a\u003e complements the DD Underblanket to create a complete thermal management system for three-season camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned specifically for hammock camping, the DD Quilt wraps around you while maintaining loft and thermal efficiency, providing warmth without the weight penalty of traditional sleeping bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comfortable down to 2°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kg - lightweight top insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits all DD Hammocks and most camping hammocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ripstop nylon shell with synthetic insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drawcord and toggle system for secure fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compresses into included stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHammock-Specific Design Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawcord closure system prevents heat loss while allowing movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaped design follows hammock contours for optimal thermal efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSynthetic insulation maintains loft even in damp conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction reduces pack weight for backpacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStuff sack included for compact storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Thermal System\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCombine the DD Hammock Quilt with other \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e insulation products for comprehensive temperature management:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEssential DD Thermal Products\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\" title=\"DD Underblanket - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e - Bottom insulation for complete thermal protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammocks-jura-2-sleeping-bag\" title=\"DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag\u003c\/a\u003e - Alternative all-in-one sleeping solution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e - All-season camping hammock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\" title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e - Weather protection for hammock camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDD Hammocks Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-suspension-systems\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Whoopie Suspension Kit\u003c\/a\u003e - Adjustable hammock suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-xl-sleeve\" title=\"DD XL Sleeve - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD XL Sleeve\u003c\/a\u003e - Storage and deployment system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\" title=\"DD Tree Huggers - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e - Tree protection straps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSetup and Usage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Hammock Quilt attaches using a drawcord and toggle system that allows adjustment for different body sizes and sleeping positions. The design prevents heat loss at the edges while maintaining freedom of movement during sleep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor optimal thermal performance, pair with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\" title=\"DD Underblanket - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e to create a complete insulation system that addresses heat loss from both above and below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThree-Season Camping Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis quilt enables comfortable \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e from spring through autumn across UK conditions. The 2°C comfort rating covers most three-season camping scenarios in Scottish Highlands, Welsh mountains, and English countryside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for spring hiking, summer festivals, autumn bushcraft, and extended outdoor education programmes where hammock camping provides advantages over ground-based systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete Hammock Insulation Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse our complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\" title=\"Hammock Insulation Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003ehammock insulation collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional thermal management options including underblankets, sleeping bag liners, and accessories designed specifically for hammock camping systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Hammocks Collection\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the complete \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks Collection - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDD Hammocks collection\u003c\/a\u003e for additional gear and accessories. Visit our comprehensive \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Hammock Camping Guide - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eHammock Camping Collection\u003c\/a\u003e for curated equipment selections for comfortable off-ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service and Expert Advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Wylie's Outdoor World Gear - Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with hammock thermal management systems and can provide guidance on insulation selection and layering strategies. For advice on hammock camping comfort and temperature management, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Us - Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\"\u003econtact us\u003c\/a\u003e - we're here to help ensure you stay comfortable during your outdoor adventures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature rating does the DD Hammock Quilt provide?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Hammock Quilt is comfortable down to 2°C, making it suitable for spring through autumn camping across most UK conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this work with the DD Underblanket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quilt provides top insulation while the underblanket provides bottom insulation. Together they create a complete thermal management system for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my non-DD hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the DD Hammock Quilt is designed to work with most camping hammocks, not just DD Hammocks products. The drawcord system allows adjustment for different hammock sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much does the quilt weigh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Hammock Quilt weighs 1kg including the stuff sack, making it a lightweight alternative to traditional sleeping bags for hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quilt is rated for 2°C comfort, so it's designed for three-season use. For winter camping, consider the DD Jura 2 Sleeping Bag or additional insulation layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to a sleeping bag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quilt is specifically designed for hammock use and weighs less than most sleeping bags. It provides better thermal efficiency in hammocks by preventing compression of insulation beneath you.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233670262884,"sku":"ddquilt","price":51.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/ddhammockquiltfromWyliesOutdoorWorld.webp?v=1740305337"},{"product_id":"dd-xl-sleeve","title":"DD XL Waterproof Hammock Sleeve","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eWe at Wylies Outdoor World have been testing this product for several years with great results.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe DD XL Tarp Sleeve is an incredibly versatile addition to your kit. Although originally designed to hold larger tarps it can also hold your whole sleeping system minus your tarp if you wish to do this. The reason for doing this is because if the tarp gets wet it will also soak the rest of your sleeping gear if all stored in the sleeve. We have also done a \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks XL Tarp Sleeve Hack\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/tutorials\/dd-hammocks-xl-tarp-sleeve-hack\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eblog\u003c\/a\u003e on this product.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"embed-container\"\u003e\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/QykdWMFAgI8\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eAt 2.8 meters long and 30cm wide the DD XL Tarp Sleeve can accommodate many of DD tarps and hammocks, allowing for super-quick setup for your next trip. Even for the size of the XL Sleeve it is still very lightweight and will take up little space in your rucksack.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe video above shows our owner Drew Wylie Packing up his own sleeping kit in under 7 minutes\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can fit the XL sleeve over your tarp while it's on the ridgeline, simply roll it onto the ridgeline before setup, so it's ready to extend over the tarp. It won't cover it completely but the remaining length of your tarp can be stuffed into the sleeve. The sleeve will keep any of your gear dry and comfortable for use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"unIndentedList\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize: 2.8m x 0.3m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 150g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral Care:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo preserve the strength of the material, avoid folding along the same lines too frequently (change after 10 times).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry, dark place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways ensure your gear (including any cordage) is completely dry before storing away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged exposure to extreme temperatures (above 40C and below -15C), and keep your gear at least a 2m distance from flames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not machine wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean carefully \u003cstrong\u003eby hand only\u003c\/strong\u003e, using lukewarm water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProlonged exposure to strong UV light can cause the material to weaken.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233691955300,"sku":"ddtarpsleeve","price":12.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-xl-sleeve-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25374014.jpg?v=1599769290"},{"product_id":"dd-ridgeline-loks-x-2","title":"DD Ridgeline Loks x 2","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eAdjusting and tensioning your tarp ridge line couldn't be easier with these non-slip, UV resistant Line-Loks, which are perfect for our 10m DD Cord. Better still it eliminates the need for knots at the tree.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233703293028,"sku":"ddridge","price":6.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-ridgeline-loks-x-2-hammock-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25373237.jpg?v=1599768482"},{"product_id":"dd-fixed-loop-tarp-fastener-x-2","title":"DD Fixed Prussic Loop Tarp Fastener x 2","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eMade from extra-strong Amsteel rope, these are a lightweight solution to keeping your tarp taught when set up on a ridgeline.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhy not make these fasteners into prusik knots on your ridgeline. Simply clip the free ends to your tarp loop to keep your tarp firmly in place.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20233735798884,"sku":"ddloop","price":7.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-fixed-loop-tarp-fastener-x-2-tarp-suspension-accessories-wylies-outdoor-world-25372708.jpg?v=1599768056"},{"product_id":"dd-inflatable-mats","title":"DD Self Inflatable Mat","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Self Inflatable Mat Coffin Shape for Hammock and Ground Camping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\" title=\"DD Hammocks - Premium Outdoor Gear\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Self Inflatable Mat features a unique coffin shape with tapered foot end, making it truly versatile for both \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Complete Hammock Camping Guide\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and ground sleeping setups. This design fits perfectly in the dual layer pocket of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock All Season Camping with Mosquito Net\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e while also working as a standalone sleeping mat for ground camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy the Coffin Shape Makes All the Difference\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tapered foot end isn't just about saving weight - it's designed to work with your body shape and hammock geometry:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammock Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e - Fits perfectly in the dual layer pocket of DD Frontline Hammocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody Shape Design\u003c\/strong\u003e - Wider at shoulders, narrower at feet matches natural body proportions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e - Puts insulation where you need it most\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - Tapered design reduces overall bulk when packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGround Use\u003c\/strong\u003e - Works equally well as a roll-out mat for bivi camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTwo Sizes for Different Camping Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRegular Size\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180cm x 49cm x 3cm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 780g - ideal for backpacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Solo hammock camping, ultralight backpacking, shorter users\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e Most people up to 5ft 10\" comfortably\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eExtra Large Size\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 196cm x 75cm x 3.5cm thick (31cm wide at foot end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7kg - more comfort for car camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Taller users, side sleepers, extended camping trips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits:\u003c\/strong\u003e People up to 6ft 4\" with room to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eComplete Your Hammock Camping System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mat works best as part of a complete setup. Browse our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-camping\" title=\"Complete Hammock Camping Equipment Collection\"\u003eHammock Camping Equipment\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-mats\" title=\"Sleeping Mats Collection\"\u003eSleeping Mats\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammock-insulation\" title=\"DD Hammock Insulation Collection\"\u003eDD Hammock Insulation\u003c\/a\u003e collections:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHammock Essentials\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\" title=\"DD Frontline Hammock All Season Camping with Mosquito Net\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Designed specifically to work with this mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\" title=\"DD Underblanket for Hammock Camping\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Additional warmth for winter camping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-tarps-waterproof-bushcraft-camping-tarps\" title=\"DD Tarps Waterproof Bushcraft Camping Collection\"\u003eDD Tarps\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Essential weather protection for any hammock setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammock-suspension-accessories\" title=\"DD Hammock Suspension Accessories\"\u003eDD Whoopie Suspension\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Upgrade your hammock setup system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGround Camping Additions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tents-hammocks-bivi-bags\" title=\"Tents Hammocks Bivi Bags Collection\"\u003eBivi Bags\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lightweight shelter for ground use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-gear\" title=\"Sleeping Gear Collection\"\u003eSleeping Bags\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Complete your ground sleeping system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/sleeping-gear\" title=\"Sleeping Gear Collection\"\u003eCamping Pillows\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e - Comfort for both hammock and ground use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReal-World Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mat handles UK camping conditions well. The 3cm thickness provides good insulation from cold ground, while the coffin shape means you're not carrying extra material you don't need. In a hammock, it slides easily into the dual layer pocket and stays put through the night.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe self-inflating design means you don't need to blow it up manually - just open the valve and it inflates itself, though you might want to add a few breaths for firmness preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRegular Size\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 180cm x 49cm x 3cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 780g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR-Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for 3-season use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eExtra Large Size\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 196cm x 75cm x 3.5cm (31cm wide at foot end)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.7kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR-Value:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for 3-season use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat This Mat Does Well\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DD Self Inflatable Mat excels at providing insulation in hammocks where traditional rectangular mats don't fit properly. The coffin shape eliminates wasted material while providing insulation where your body needs it most. It's also genuinely useful for ground camping when you want something more comfortable than a basic foam mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mat is designed for 3-season use - you'll need additional insulation for winter camping. Don't over-inflate it, especially in warm weather, as the air will expand. Keep it away from sharp objects and store it in moderate temperatures (under 25°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for UK Camping Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe olive green colour blends well with UK woodland environments. The insulation works effectively for spring, summer, and autumn camping across Scotland, Wales, and England. The coffin shape is particularly useful in UK hammock camping where space efficiency matters for backpacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Service from Wylies Outdoor World\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\" title=\"Outdoor Gear Specialists - Wylies Outdoor World\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\" title=\"Meet Drew Wylie - Store Owner\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has extensive experience with hammock camping systems and can help you choose the right size and setup for your needs. Whether you're new to hammock camping or building a complete system, we're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuestions about which size works best or how this fits with other gear? \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\" title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for advice based on real experience with this equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSizing Guide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Regular if you're under 5ft 10\" and prioritize weight savings. Choose XL if you're taller, prefer more room to move, or plan to use it primarily for ground camping where the extra width is beneficial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the coffin shape work in a hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tapered foot end fits perfectly in the dual layer pocket of DD Frontline Hammocks. The wider shoulder area provides insulation where you need it most, while the narrow foot section saves weight and bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this for ground camping too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it works well as a roll-out mat for bivi camping and ground sleeping. The coffin shape actually follows your body contours better than a rectangular mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular for people under 5ft 10\" who want to save weight. XL for taller people or anyone who wants more room to move, especially side sleepers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much should I inflate it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't over-inflate. Open the valve and let it self-inflate, then add a few breaths to your firmness preference. Over-inflation can damage the mat, especially in warm weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this warm enough for winter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mat is designed for 3-season use. For winter hammock camping, you'll need additional insulation like a DD Underblanket underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does this compare to a rectangular sleeping mat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coffin shape provides insulation where you need it while saving weight and bulk. In hammocks, it fits much better than rectangular mats which can bunch up or slide around.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Extra Large","offer_id":20234149789796,"sku":"ddinflate-Extra Large","price":33.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"Regular","offer_id":20234149953636,"sku":"ddinflate-reg","price":30.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/dd-hammocks-dd-inflatable-mats-sleeping-mats-wylies-outdoor-world-27346276.jpg?v=1759854942"},{"product_id":"princeton-tec-axis-rechargeable-head-lamp","title":"Princeton Tec Axis Rechargeable Head Lamp","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Axis Rechargeable headlamp shares a common platform with the alkaline-powered Axis. Employing a really clever user interface that allows direct access to any mode and ultimate flexibility through complete dimmability, this light has a surprise waiting just behind the battery door. Flip the door open to gain access to the industry standard micro-USB port for charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eUp to 200 lumens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Maxbright LED with spot beam (dimmable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Maxbright LED with flood beam (dimmable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e2 Red Ultrabright LED (dimmable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eLithiun Ion Rechargeable battery (built in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eDual Beam mode:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time: \u003c\/span\u003e13hrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 58m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eHigh Spot mode:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 53hrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 48m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eSpot Low mode:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 100hrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 24m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eLow Flood mode:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 100hrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 18m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eRed mode:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 150hrs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 6m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eWater resistant - IPX4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eWeight:\u003c\/span\u003e 81g with batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Princeton Tec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20235094753380,"sku":"TEC750\/BK","price":69.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/princeton-tec-princeton-tec-axis-rechargeable-head-lamp-head-torches-wylies-outdoor-world-25379399.jpg?v=1599778177"},{"product_id":"princeton-tec-quad-headlamp","title":"Princeton Tec Quad Headlamp","description":"\u003cp\u003eAt a mere 96 grams and the ability to use lithium AAA batteries (reducing the weight to just 82 grams), the Quad is easily the lightest headlamp in the Princeton Tec Professional Series.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour regulated Ultrabright LEDs illuminate even the darkest of outdoor conditions with a powerful and wide beam. Like the EOS, the Quad’s housing is molecularly bonded together. Including the benefits of an O-ring seal, a battery meter, a separately moulded battery compartment, and high-grade materials makes the Quad one of the best headlamps for working around camp,dark trail runs, and work spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eUp to 78 lumens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e4 Ultrabright regulated LEDs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e3x AAA alkaline batteries (included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e4 modes:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eHigh:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 105hrs (1hr regulated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 50m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam pattern:\u003c\/span\u003e Wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eMedium:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 99hrs (10hrs regulated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 30m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam pattern:\u003c\/span\u003e Wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eLow:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 97hrs (31hrs regulated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 20m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam pattern:\u003c\/span\u003e Wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eFast flash:\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBurn time:\u003c\/span\u003e 110hrs (5hrs regulated)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam length:\u003c\/span\u003e 50m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eBeam pattern:\u003c\/span\u003e Wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eBattery power meter indicates high, medium or low battery power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003ePivoting lamp housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eWaterproof to 1 metre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eIdeal for camping, caving, climbing, paddling, running and work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003eBlack case with black and grey strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan\u003eWeight:\u003c\/span\u003e 3.39oz (96g) with batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Princeton Tec","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20235101274212,"sku":"TEC660\/B","price":39.66,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/products\/princeton-tec-princeton-tec-quad-headlamp-head-torches-wylies-outdoor-world-25379408.jpg?v=1599778188"},{"product_id":"dd-magic-carpet","title":"DD Magic Carpet Ground Sheet Tarp","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIf you're looking for a pocket-sized picnic blanket, a groundsheet for camping or at a festival, some dry cover for your gear, or a small overhead shelter - the DD Magic Carpet and DD Magic Carpet XL will do it all.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003eEssentially a miniature tarp, the DD Hammocks Magic Carpet, and DD Magic Carpet XL have a slim attachment point at each corner that allows it to be pegged to the ground (or tied off to trees\/posts), giving you various options. Its stuff sack, attached with a cord, makes it simple and convenient to pack away.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\u003c!--\n.embed-container { position: relative; padding-bottom: 56.25%; height: 0; overflow: hidden; max-width: 100%; } .embed-container iframe, .embed-container object, .embed-container embed { position: absolute; top: 0; left: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; }\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"embed-container\"\u003e\n\u003ciframe src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/PIkH_b2aw_0\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecification:\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular Size: 140cm x 140cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXL Size: 220cm x 140cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular Weight: 174g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXL Weight: 225g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes: Magic Carpet with an attached stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% waterproof, like all DD tarps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 corner attachment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttached stuff sack with drawcord closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTaped Seams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Regular","offer_id":20235757617252,"sku":"DDMAGIC-1","price":19.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false},{"title":"XL","offer_id":24669845127268,"sku":"DDMAGIC-2","price":24.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksMagicCarpetinuse11.webp?v=1739804084"},{"product_id":"dd-superlight-frontline-hammock","title":"DD Superlight Frontline Hammock","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g Single-Layer Ultralight UK Thru-Hiking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks complete range tarps hammocks accessories, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Superlight Frontline Hammock weighs 620g and provides ultralight \u003ca title=\"hammock camping guide setup instructions equipment advice, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e with single-layer construction. This 2.7m x 1.4m hammock accommodates users up to 6ft 5\" and 100kg, making it 230g lighter than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e for ultralight backpacking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-layer construction reduces weight for thru-hiking where every gram matters over hundreds of miles. The built-in ultra-fine mosquito net protects against Scottish midges and insects. Pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners for immediate setup without additional equipment purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 620g Weight Single-Layer Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 620g weight includes the hammock, built-in mosquito net, 2 x 60cm spreader poles, elastic cord, and DD Superlight suspension kit with Superlight Carabiners. This is 230g lighter than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e (850g) due to the single-layer construction and lightweight suspension system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 230g weight saving is significant for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way (96 miles), Pennine Way (268 miles), or Coast to Coast (192 miles) where pack weight directly affects hiking performance over multiple days. The single-layer design provides breathable sleeping without the double-layer insulation pocket found on standard Frontline hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock 100kg Weight Capacity Lighter Users\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 100kg (15.7 stone) weight capacity is 25kg less than the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e (125kg) due to the lighter single-layer construction. The 100kg capacity accommodates most ultralight backpackers who prioritize weight savings over maximum weight capacity for thru-hiking UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUsers over 100kg should choose the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003estandard Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e with 125kg capacity and double-layer construction for additional strength during wild camping and bushcraft activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Single-Layer Requires External Insulation\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe single-layer construction cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers like double-layer hammocks. For cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys, attach an external underblanket using the 4 corner tabs for comprehensive underside warmth, or use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Underblanket 125kg rated bottom insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-underblanket\"\u003eDD Underblanket\u003c\/a\u003e attaches to the 4 corner tabs and provides bottom insulation down to minus 5°C. Combine with the \u003ca title=\"DD Hammock Quilt 125kg rated top insulation minus 5C, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-hammock-quilt\"\u003eDD Hammock Quilt\u003c\/a\u003e for comprehensive top and bottom insulation during winter thru-hiking. Browse our \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts underblankets minus 5C winter insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock quilts and underblankets\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all insulation options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Pre-Fitted Superlight Suspension Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline comes pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners. This provides immediate setup without purchasing additional suspension equipment, reducing total system weight compared to standard webbing used on other Frontline hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor easier adjustment and faster deployment during thru-hiking, upgrade to \u003ca title=\"DD Whoopie Slings 7 64 Amsteel infinite adjustment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-whoopie-slings\"\u003eDD Whoopie Slings\u003c\/a\u003e which provide infinite adjustability and quicker setup after long hiking days. The \u003ca title=\"DD Tree Huggers polyester tree protection 1.5m straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tree-huggers\"\u003eDD Tree Huggers\u003c\/a\u003e protect tree bark from damage while providing secure attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Requires Tarp Rain Protection UK Weather\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis hammock is not waterproof and requires a tarp for rain protection during UK thru-hiking. The \u003ca title=\"DD Superlight Tarp 510g 8.7 square metres ultralight, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-superlight-tarp\"\u003eDD Superlight Tarp\u003c\/a\u003e weighs 510g and provides 8.7 square metres of coverage, maintaining ultralight system weight for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and Coast to Coast.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 9 square metres 3000mm waterproof 790g, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eDD Tarp 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e provides 9 square metres for extended stays. Browse our complete \u003ca title=\"camping tarps 3000mm waterproof DD Hammocks range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-tarps\"\u003ecamping tarps\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all DD tarp options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Olive Green Colour UK Woodland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion during thru-hiking across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and English countryside. Traditional outdoor camping colour that works across forest and countryside settings throughout Scotland, Wales, and England.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Comparison Other Frontline Variations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Limit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock 850g 2.7m 1.4m standard size, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost versatile all-season camping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDD Superlight Frontline\u003c\/strong\u003e (This Product)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltralight backpacking thru-hiking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Frontline King Size 1250g 3.2m 1.7m 125kg, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Frontline King Size\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1250g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2m x 1.7m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTaller users extra comfort\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Recycled Frontline 910g 258 recycled bottles, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-recycled-frontline-hammock\"\u003eDD Recycled Frontline\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e910g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7m x 1.4m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-layer recycled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-conscious campers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Technical Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.7m x 1.4m (flat dimensions)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 620g (hammock, net, poles, cord, suspension kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight Limit:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100kg (15.7 stone)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For:\u003c\/strong\u003e Users up to 6ft 5\" (196cm) and 100kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single-layer ripstop nylon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMosquito Net:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ultra-fine mesh, built-in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpreader Poles:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 60cm foldable poles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuspension:\u003c\/strong\u003e DD Superlight kit with Superlight Carabiners pre-fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStorage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 internal pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 base tabs for pegging or underblanket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eZippers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double-sided for easy entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Olive Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hammock, mosquito net, spreader poles, elastic cord, Superlight suspension kit, stuff sack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eComplete DD Superlight Frontline Hammock Camping Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuild a complete ultralight hammock camping system with compatible equipment from our \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks DD Frontline Hennessy bushcraft range, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ecamping hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e range and \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories whoopie slings tree straps, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection for all attachment and setup options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePersonal Advice Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland UK\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"outdoor gear camping equipment Fife Scotland specialists, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylie's Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie 10 years DD Hammocks field testing, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the Superlight Frontline makes sense versus standard Frontline for ultralight backpacking across West Highland Way, Pennine Way, and UK long-distance trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between Superlight and standard Frontline, selecting ultralight tarps, or building a complete ultralight hammock camping setup for thru-hiking? \u003ca title=\"Contact outdoor equipment advice Fife Scotland UK, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Superlight Frontline Hammock Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much lighter is the Superlight Frontline compared to the standard for thru-hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline weighs 620g compared to 850g for the standard Frontline, a 230g weight saving. This is significant for long-distance hiking across West Highland Way (96 miles), Pennine Way (268 miles), or Coast to Coast (192 miles) where pack weight affects hiking performance over multiple days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the weight capacity difference between Superlight and standard Frontline?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Superlight Frontline has 100kg (15.7 stone) capacity compared to 125kg for the standard Frontline. The lighter single-layer construction reduces maximum weight capacity by 25kg but accommodates most ultralight backpackers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use sleeping mats for insulation in winter camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the single-layer construction cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers. For cold weather camping in Scottish Highlands or Welsh valleys, attach an external underblanket using the 4 corner tabs or use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with suspension for immediate setup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Superlight Frontline comes pre-fitted with DD Superlight suspension kit including Superlight Carabiners for immediate setup without purchasing additional suspension equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size tarp do I need for UK thru-hiking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DD Superlight Tarp (510g, 8.7 square metres) maintains ultralight system weight for long-distance hiking. The DD Tarp 3x3 (790g, 9 square metres) provides more coverage for extended stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this suitable for winter camping in Scottish Highlands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but requires external insulation. Attach an underblanket using the 4 corner tabs and use a sleeping bag rated for expected temperatures. The single-layer cannot accommodate sleeping mats between layers like double-layer hammocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose Superlight over standard Frontline for backpacking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Superlight for ultralight backpacking where the 230g weight saving matters over hundreds of miles on West Highland Way, Pennine Way, or Coast to Coast. Choose the standard Frontline for all-season camping with double-layer construction and integrated insulation pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is available for wild camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green blends into UK woodland environments for wild camping discretion during thru-hiking across Scottish Highlands, Welsh valleys, and English countryside.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":20236311461988,"sku":"ddfrontlin2-superlight","price":99.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHammocksSuperlightFrontlineinuse7.webp?v=1739908432"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3x3-pro","title":"DD Tarp 3x3 PRO","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Waterproof Camping Tarp with Press Studs and 21 Attachment Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3x3 PRO builds on the popular \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003estandard 3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e with advanced features for experienced \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock campers\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcrafters. The PRO version adds 2 extra attachment points (21 total), 16 additional eyelets, and a press stud system for enclosing shelters and connecting multiple tarps. Weighs 875g, available in Olive Green or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 Model Comparison Table\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeature\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003eStandard 3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3x3 PRO (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 UV50 Plus, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3-uv50\"\u003e3x3 UV50 Plus\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 points plus 16 eyelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 reinforced points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecial Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePress studs for enclosing shelter, connecting tarps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV50 Plus protection blocks 98% UVA and UVB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral hammock camping and bushcraft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdvanced setups and extreme weather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSummer camping and hot climates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours Available\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 options (Olive Green, Multicam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 option (Bancha Green)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrice Point\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost affordable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMid range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard DD Tarp 3x3 is the most popular and universally suited option. Choose the PRO if you need the press stud system for enclosed shelters or connecting multiple tarps, or if you want the extra attachment points for more precise tensioning in extreme weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Press Stud System for Enclosed Shelters\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs run along the edges of the tarp, allowing you to snap opposite sides together to create a fully enclosed shelter. This feature transforms the tarp from an open shelter into a protected cocoon that blocks wind and driving rain from all directions. The enclosed configuration works particularly well in winter camping or exposed mountain locations where weather protection matters more than ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press stud system also enables you to connect multiple DD Tarp 3x3 PRO tarps together for larger covered areas. This works well for group base camps where you need communal cooking and gear storage space, or for extended expeditions where you want to expand your shelter system without carrying larger, heavier tarps. You can connect two, three, or more PRO tarps depending on your needs and available anchor points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO 21 Attachment Points Plus 16 Eyelets\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO version adds 2 extra attachment points compared to the standard 3x3, bringing the total to 21 reinforced points. The 5 points creating an X shape in the middle provide more options for internal ridgelines and asymmetric pitches. The 16 additional eyelets along the outer attachment points give you extra tie-out options for securing the tarp in high winds or creating more complex shelter configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese extra attachment points matter most when you need precise tensioning in extreme weather. The additional tie-out options let you fine-tune the tarp pitch to handle wind from specific directions, or create more aerodynamic shapes that shed wind better than basic configurations. Experienced users who regularly camp in exposed locations or harsh conditions benefit most from these extra attachment points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Advanced Setup Configurations\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eFully Enclosed Shelter Using Press Studs\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the press studs to connect opposite edges together, creating a fully enclosed shelter that blocks wind and rain from all directions. This configuration provides maximum weather protection in extreme conditions. The enclosed setup reduces ventilation, so it works best in cold weather where condensation is less of an issue, or when weather protection is the priority over airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eConnected Tarp Configuration for Group Camping\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eConnect multiple DD Tarp 3x3 PRO tarps using the press stud system to create larger covered areas. Two connected tarps provide approximately 18 square metres of coverage, suitable for group cooking areas or communal spaces at base camp. Three or more connected tarps create extended shelter systems for larger groups or expedition base camps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003ePartially Enclosed Setup for Variable Weather\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the press studs to enclose only the windward side or ends of the shelter, maintaining some ventilation while blocking wind and rain from specific directions. This configuration balances weather protection with airflow, working well in variable conditions where you need flexibility to adjust the shelter as weather changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eEnhanced A-Frame with Enclosed Ends\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up a standard A-frame configuration, then use the press studs to enclose the ends. This creates a tunnel-like shelter with good headroom along the ridgeline and protected ends that block wind. The enclosed ends also provide more privacy and reduce heat loss compared to open-ended A-frame setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3 metres x 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 875g excluding pegs and guy lines (85g heavier than standard 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Size\u003c\/strong\u003e - 24cm x 14cm x 4cm approximately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 21 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 5 in X pattern)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEyelets\u003c\/strong\u003e - 16 along outer attachment points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress Studs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Along edges for enclosing shelter or connecting tarps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Olive Green and Multicam Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, providing visual concealment across varied landscapes. The Multicam pattern costs more due to specialized printing and pattern licensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 3x3 PRO Over Standard 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the PRO version if you regularly camp in extreme weather where the enclosed shelter configuration provides significant advantage over open setups. The press stud system makes it quick to transform the tarp from an open shelter to a fully enclosed cocoon when weather deteriorates, without needing to reconfigure guy lines or stakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO also suits group camping situations where you want to connect multiple tarps for larger covered areas. If you already own a standard 3x3 and want to expand your shelter system, adding a PRO version lets you connect them for group trips while still having two separate tarps for solo camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor basic hammock camping and bushcraft in typical UK conditions, the standard 3x3 provides enough versatility at lower weight and cost. The PRO features justify the extra 85g and higher price mainly for experienced users who will actually use the press stud system and extra attachment points regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 875g weight is 85g heavier than the standard 3x3 due to the press studs and extra reinforcements. This weight difference matters for ultralight backpacking where every gram counts. The PRO only comes in 2 colour options (Olive Green and Multicam) compared to 6 colours for the standard version, limiting your choice if you want specific colours like Coyote Brown or Forest Green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs add functionality but also create potential failure points. While the press studs are durable, they can collect dirt and may become harder to snap together after extended use in muddy conditions. The PRO costs more than the standard 3x3, so you pay extra for features you may not use regularly if you mainly do basic hammock camping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the press studs regularly to prevent dirt buildup that makes them harder to snap together. Rinse the studs with clean water after muddy camping trips and allow them to dry completely before storing. Check the press studs periodically to ensure they still snap together securely - if they become loose or damaged, contact DD Hammocks about replacement options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore the tarp loosely rolled rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. This maintains the waterproof coating effectiveness and prevents the press studs from creating permanent creases in the fabric. Inspect the extra attachment points and eyelets regularly for wear, as these areas handle significant stress during setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the PRO features justify the extra weight and cost versus the standard 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about whether the PRO features suit your camping style? Need advice on using the press stud system effectively or connecting multiple tarps? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3x3 PRO Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat makes the PRO different from the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PRO adds 2 extra attachment points (21 total), 16 additional eyelets, and a press stud system along the edges. These features enable you to create fully enclosed shelters or connect multiple tarps together. The standard 3x3 has 19 attachment points without press studs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do the press studs work?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs run along the edges of the tarp. You snap opposite sides together to create an enclosed shelter that blocks wind and rain from all directions. You can also use the press studs to connect multiple PRO tarps together for larger covered areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect a PRO tarp to a standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the press stud system only works between multiple PRO tarps. The standard 3x3 does not have press studs, so you cannot connect a PRO to a standard version using the press stud system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the extra 85g weight worth it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you regularly camp in extreme weather where enclosed shelters provide significant advantage, or if you do group camping where connecting tarps creates useful communal space, the extra weight is justified. For basic hammock camping in typical UK conditions, the standard 3x3 provides enough versatility at lower weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo the press studs fail or wear out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe press studs are durable but can collect dirt in muddy conditions. Clean them regularly with water to maintain function. With proper care, the press studs remain functional for years of use. If they become damaged, contact DD Hammocks about replacement options.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the PRO only come in 2 colours?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDD Hammocks produces the PRO in smaller quantities than the standard 3x3, so they offer fewer colour options. The Olive Green and Multicam options cover the most popular choices for users who want the PRO features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the PRO for solo hammock camping?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the PRO works well for solo hammock camping. The enclosed shelter configuration using press studs provides extra weather protection for winter hammock camping or exposed locations. The extra weight (85g more than standard) is reasonable for the added functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many PRO tarps can I connect together?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can connect as many PRO tarps as needed using the press stud system. Two or three connected tarps work well for group base camps. The practical limit depends on your available anchor points and how you plan to support the connected tarp structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the PRO use the same setup configurations as the standard 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the PRO works with all the same basic configurations (A-frame, lean-to, diamond, etc.) as the standard 3x3. The PRO adds the ability to create enclosed versions of these setups using the press studs, plus the option to connect multiple tarps together.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20236322865252,"sku":"pro tarp 3x3-Olive Green","price":52.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236322930788,"sku":"pro tarp 3x3-Multicam","price":58.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHAMMOCKS3x3tarpproinuse-multicam18.webp?v=1739646481"},{"product_id":"dd-tarp-3-5-x-3-5","title":"DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Waterproof Camping Tarp for Hammock and Bushcraft\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca title=\"DD Hammocks Collection, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/dd-hammocks\"\u003eDD Hammocks\u003c\/a\u003e Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 provides 33% more coverage than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3 Standard, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e while remaining lighter and more packable than the \u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4 tarp\u003c\/a\u003e. This 3.5 metre square tarp weighs 1050g with 19 reinforced attachment points for \u003ca title=\"hammock camping equipment and complete setups, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/hammock-camping\"\u003ehammock camping\u003c\/a\u003e and bushcraft. Made from 190T polyester with 3000mm waterproof PU coating. Available in Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, or Multicam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIMPORTANT: This tarp does NOT include a ridgeline. Purchase ridgelines separately from our \u003ca title=\"tarp suspension accessories for hammock camping, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/tarp-suspension-accessories\"\u003etarp suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Size Comparison 33% More Coverage Than 3x3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides 12.25 square metres of coverage compared to 9 square metres for the 3x3 tarp. This 33% increase in coverage translates to more protected space for you and your gear without the significant weight and pack size increase of moving up to the 4x4 (16 square metres).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe extra 0.5 metres on each side makes a noticeable difference in practical use. When set up over a hammock, the additional coverage keeps rain off your gear stored at the ends. For ground dwelling setups, the extra space accommodates taller users more comfortably or provides room for two people in emergency situations. The 3.5 x 3.5 strikes a balance between the compact 3x3 and the spacious but heavier 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Weight and Pack Size Compared to Other DD Tarps\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTarp Size\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 3x3, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-3x3\"\u003e3x3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo camping, ultralight backpacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 x 3.5 (This Product)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.25 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1050g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolo with extra gear, taller users, XL and Kingsize hammocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca title=\"DD Tarp 4x4, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-tarp-4x4\"\u003e4x4\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 square metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1290g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo person camping, group shelters, base camps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 weighs 260g more than the 3x3 but 240g less than the 4x4. This middle ground weight makes it suitable for solo camping where you want extra coverage without carrying the full weight of a 4x4. The pack size remains manageable for backpacking while providing noticeably more shelter space than the 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock and XL Hammocks\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides the right amount of coverage for the \u003ca title=\"DD Frontline Hammock Kingsize for larger users, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/products\/dd-frontline-hammock-king-size\"\u003eDD Kingsize Frontline Hammock\u003c\/a\u003e, which measures larger than standard hammocks to accommodate bigger users. The additional coverage ensures the Kingsize hammock stays protected from rain and wind without needing to move up to the heavier 4x4 tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor DD XL-sized \u003ca title=\"camping hammocks for wild camping and bushcraft, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammocks\"\u003ehammocks\u003c\/a\u003e and other larger hammocks, the 3.5 x 3.5 provides more appropriate coverage than the 3x3. The additional width and length ensure the hammock stays protected even when set up with a diagonal pitch, and the extra coverage handles wind-driven rain better on larger hammock setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for Taller Users Over 6 Feet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 metre length works better for users over 6 feet tall who find the 3x3 leaves little room for gear storage at the ends when using hammock setups. The extra 0.5 metres provides space for a pack or boots under cover without compromising the coverage over your hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTaller users benefit from the additional length when setting up A-frame or diamond configurations, as the extra coverage prevents rain from reaching gear stored at the ends of the shelter. The 3.5 x 3.5 provides the coverage taller users need without the weight penalty of moving up to the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 for Two Person Emergency Shelter\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhile the 3x3 can accommodate two people in emergency situations, the space feels very tight. The 3.5 x 3.5 provides more realistic two person coverage for emergency use or occasional trips where you need to share shelter. Two people can sleep under the tarp with basic gear without feeling cramped, though the 4x4 remains more comfortable for regular two person use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 also works well for solo camping when you carry extensive gear that needs protection from weather. Photographers, bushcrafters with multiple tools, or winter campers with bulky insulation gear benefit from the extra covered space without needing to carry the full weight of a 4x4 tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Available in Four Colour Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green provides natural colour that blends into UK woodland environments. Coyote Brown works well in open moorland and varied terrain. Forest Green matches deep woodland and coniferous forests. Multicam uses DD Hammocks' own camouflage pattern designed to blend into UK woodlands, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSize\u003c\/strong\u003e - 3.5 metres x 3.5 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoverage\u003c\/strong\u003e - 12.25 square metres (33% more than 3x3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e - 1050g excluding pegs and guy lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e - 190T polyester with 3000mm PU waterproof coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeams\u003c\/strong\u003e - Taped central seam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAttachment Points\u003c\/strong\u003e - 19 reinforced points (16 sides and corners, 3 along centre ridgeline)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColours\u003c\/strong\u003e - Olive Green, Coyote Brown, Forest Green, Multicam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 pegs and guy lines in separate bag, stuff sack with drawcord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNOT Included\u003c\/strong\u003e - Ridgeline (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen to Choose DD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Over 3x3 or 4x4\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you use the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock or other XL-sized hammocks that need more coverage than the 3x3 provides. The additional width and length ensure proper protection for larger hammock setups without the weight of the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you are over 6 feet tall and find the 3x3 leaves insufficient room for gear at the ends of your hammock setup. The extra length provides the coverage you need without the weight penalty of moving up to the 4x4.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3.5 x 3.5 if you carry extensive gear that needs weather protection but do not want to carry the 1290g weight of the 4x4. The 1050g weight provides a middle ground between compact and spacious.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the 3x3 if you prioritize low weight for ultralight backpacking and the 790g weight matters more than extra coverage. Choose the 4x4 if you regularly camp with two people or want maximum covered space for base camp setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Complementary Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePair this tarp with \u003ca title=\"hammock suspension accessories for secure tree attachment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-suspension-accessories\"\u003ehammock suspension accessories\u003c\/a\u003e for complete setups. For cold weather, add \u003ca title=\"hammock quilts and underblankets for insulation, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/hammock-quilts-under-blankets\"\u003ehammock underblankets or quilts\u003c\/a\u003e to insulate your sleep system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Limitations to Consider\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 1050g weight is 260g heavier than the 3x3, making it less suitable for ultralight backpacking where every gram matters. The extra coverage comes with a weight penalty that may not be justified if you mainly do solo camping with minimal gear in a standard-sized hammock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor regular two person camping, the 4x4 provides more comfortable space despite weighing only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5. The 3.5 x 3.5 works for occasional two person use or emergencies, but the 4x4 is worth the extra weight if you regularly camp with a partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 sits in the middle ground between sizes, which means it may not be the optimal choice for any specific use case except XL and Kingsize hammocks. Users with standard hammocks who prioritize either low weight or maximum coverage may find the 3x3 or 4x4 better suits their needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Care and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShake off dirt and debris after use before packing. Allow the tarp to dry completely before long term storage to prevent mildew. Rinse with clean water if muddy and hang to dry before packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect attachment points and seams regularly for wear. Store the tarp loosely rolled or hung rather than compressed tightly for extended periods. Avoid campfires directly under the tarp or too close to edges, as the polyester fabric melts and burns when exposed to sparks or flame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Advice from Wylies Outdoor World Fife Scotland\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Outdoor Gear and Equipment, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/gear\"\u003eWylies Outdoor World's\u003c\/a\u003e owner \u003ca title=\"Meet Drew Wylie, Wylie's Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/blogs\/meet-our-team\/meet-drew-wylie\"\u003eDrew\u003c\/a\u003e has personally tested every DD Hammocks product over almost a decade, using them 4 nights a week in the best and worst weather the UK has to offer. This extensive field testing provides real-world knowledge of when the 3.5 x 3.5 size justifies the extra weight versus the 3x3 or when the 4x4 makes more sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuestions about choosing between 3x3, 3.5 x 3.5, or 4x4 sizes for your hammock size and camping style? Need advice on whether the extra coverage is worth the weight for your specific use? \u003ca title=\"Contact Wylies Outdoor World, Fife, Scotland, UK\" href=\"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/pages\/contact-us\"\u003eContact us\u003c\/a\u003e for guidance based on years of hands-on experience with DD Hammocks equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003chr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDD Tarp 3.5 x 3.5 Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much more coverage does the 3.5 x 3.5 provide compared to the 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides 12.25 square metres of coverage compared to 9 square metres for the 3x3, a 33% increase. This translates to an extra 0.5 metres on each side, providing noticeably more protected space for you and your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 3.5 x 3.5 the right size for the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3.5 x 3.5 provides the right amount of coverage for the DD Kingsize Frontline Hammock without needing to move up to the heavier 4x4 tarp. The additional coverage ensures the larger Kingsize hammock stays protected from rain and wind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the 3.5 x 3.5 worth the extra 260g weight over the 3x3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you use a Kingsize or XL hammock, are over 6 feet tall, or carry extensive gear that needs weather protection, the extra coverage justifies the 260g weight increase. For ultralight backpacking with standard hammocks and minimal gear, the 3x3 at 790g may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan two people camp comfortably under the 3.5 x 3.5?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo people can fit under the 3.5 x 3.5 in emergency situations or for occasional trips, but the space feels tighter than the 4x4. For regular two person camping, the 4x4 provides more comfortable coverage despite weighing only 240g more than the 3.5 x 3.5.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size should I choose for an XL hammock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 provides more appropriate coverage for XL-sized hammocks and the Kingsize Frontline Hammock than the 3x3. The additional width and length ensure the hammock stays protected even with diagonal pitch setups, and the extra coverage handles wind-driven rain better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the pack size compare to the 3x3 and 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 packs slightly larger than the 3x3 but noticeably smaller than the 4x4. The pack size remains manageable for backpacking while providing significantly more shelter space than the 3x3.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colour should I choose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOlive Green and Forest Green blend into UK woodland. Coyote Brown works in open moorland and varied terrain. Multicam provides visual concealment using DD Hammocks' specialized camouflage pattern, costing more due to specialized printing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy choose the 3.5 x 3.5 instead of going straight to the 4x4?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5 x 3.5 weighs 240g less than the 4x4 while providing the right coverage for Kingsize and XL hammocks. This makes it the optimal choice for larger hammocks without carrying the full weight of a two person tarp.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DD Hammocks","offers":[{"title":"Olive Green","offer_id":20236329812068,"sku":"serghr-Olive Green","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Coyote Brown","offer_id":31798336618607,"sku":"dd3.5brown","price":44.77,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Forrest Green","offer_id":54967551164802,"sku":"8748754","price":56.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Multicam","offer_id":20236329844836,"sku":"serghr-Multicam","price":56.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0028\/5812\/3364\/files\/DDHamocks3.5x3.5metersquaretarpinuse-Multicam.webp?v=1739638685"}],"url":"https:\/\/wyliesoutdoorworld.com\/collections\/camping-gear.oembed?page=17","provider":"Wylies Outdoor World","version":"1.0","type":"link"}